Urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT

Phase One & Two Report

FINAL

September 2005

URBAN NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT

Phase One & Two Report FINAL

STATUS DATE AUTHOR CHECKED APPROVED ISSUE 03.06.05 JL SD GR FINAL 14.09.05 JL SD GR

urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

PHASE ONE & TWO REPORT Contents

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 The need for a green space audit Page 8

1.2 National context Page 8

1.3 Setting the scene Page 10

1.4 Aims and objectives Page 11

2 POLICY AND BEST PRACTICE

2.1 National and regional planning policy Page 14

2.2 Local Planning Policy Page 34

2.3 Implications of the RENEW Prospectus Page 55

2.4 Review of green space policy and best practice Page 66

2.5 Review of relevant strategies and programmes Page125

3 METHODOLOGY

3.1 Neighbourhood survey Page 140

3.2 Assessment Methodology Page 140

3.3 Method of Analysis Page 153

4 THE VALUE OF GREEN SPACE

4.1 Results of the neighbourhood survey Page 172

4.2 Landscape context Page 176

4.3 The effects of green space on local property values Page 191

J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

5 ANALYSIS

5.1 Sub-regional demographics Page 234

5.2 Level of current provision: Typology and Access Page 240

5.3 Level of current provision: Quantity Page 242 September 2005

5.4 Level of provision: Accessibility Page 251

5.5 Quality of green space Page 266 Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 3 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

5.6 Value Page 276

5.7 Supply and demand: Quantity Page 278

5.8 Supply and demand: Quality Page 280

5.9 Hanley South Areas of Major Intervention Page 285

5.10 Knutton and Cross Heath Area of Major Intervention Page 289

5.11 Meir Area of Major Intervention Page 294

5.12 Middleport Area of Major Intervention Page 297

6 LOCAL STANDARDS: ISSUES & OPPORTUNITIES

6.1 Quantity Page 302

6.2 Quality Page 303

6.3 Accessibility Page 304

6.4 Connectivity Page 307

6.5 Options for developing local standards Page 307

7 NEXT STAGES

7.1 Vision statement Page 312

7.2 Further consultation Page 313

7.3 Development of the strategy Page 316

APPENDICES

A List of green spaces B Definitions of typologies C Audit forms D All sites: quantity E Site quality scores F Best and worst sites G Value Method and Calculations

I Community Needs Assessment J Household Consultation Survey Report K Community Needs Assessment-Additional Consultation Results

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 4 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

List of Figures

Figure 1.3 Study Area

Figure 4.2a Topography and Urban Area Coverage Figure 4.2b Non Urban Coverage and Landscape Context

Figure 5.1 Analysis Areas and Wards Maps Figure 5.2 Landscape Typology and Access Map

Figure 5.2a Stoke-on-Trent North Analysis Area Landscape Typology and Access Map Figure 5.2b Stoke-on-Trent Central Analysis Area Landscape Typology and Access Map Figure 5.2c Stoke-on-Trent South Analysis area Landscape Typology and Access Map Figure 5.2d Kidsgrove Analysis Area Landscape Typology and Access Map Figure 5.2e Newcastle East, Western Urban Villages and Greater Chesterton analysis Area Landscape Typology and Access Map Figure 5.2f Newcastle South and Town Analysis Area Landscape Typology and Access Map Figure 5.3 Access to Site Maps Figure 5.4 Provision of Unrestricted Open Spaces Figure 5.5 Provision of Unrestricted Open Space with IMD Data Figure 5.6 Accessibility to All Unrestricted District Open Spaces Figure 5.7 Accessibility to all Unrestricted Neighbourhood Open Spaces Figure 5.8 Accessibility to All Unrestricted Local Open Spaces Figure 5.9 Accessibility to All Unrestricted District Parks

Figure 5.11 Accessibility to All Unrestricted Amenity Spaces Figure 5.12 Accessibility to All Outdoor Sports Figure 5.13 Accessibility to LEAP and NEAP Sites Figure 5.14 Accessibility to All Unrestricted Semi-Natural Sites September 2005

Figure 5.15 Accessibility to All Allotments

Figure 5.16 Accessibility to All Unrestricted Churchyards and Cemeteries Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 5 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Figure 5.17 Accessibility to Formal Recreational Sites Figure 5.18 Accessibility to Informal Recreational Sites Figure 5.19 Accessibility to Biodiversity Sites Figure 5.20 Sites Full and Part Audit Map Figure 5.21a Poor Condition Map Figure 5.21b Average Condition Map Figure 5.21c Good Condition Map Figure 5.22 Best and Worst Amenity Spaces in Stoke-on-Trent and Newcastle-under Lyme Figure 5.23 Best and Worst Green Corridors in Stoke-on-Trent and Newcastle-under Lyme Figure 5.24 Best and Worst Outdoor Sports in Stoke-on-Trent and

Newcastle-under Lyme Figure 5.25 Best and Worst Parks in Stoke-on-Trent and Newcastle-under Lyme Figure 5.26 Best and Worst Semi-Natural Sites in Stoke-on-Trent and Newcastle-under Lyme Figure 5.27 Best and Worst Children’s Play Sites in Stoke-on-Trent and Newcastle-under Lyme Figure 5.28 Best and Worst Teen Play Sites in Stoke-on-Trent and Newcastle-under Lyme Figure 5.29 Best and Worst Sites for Crime in Stoke-on-Trent and Newcastle- under Lyme Figure 5.30 Best and Worst Sites for Maintenance in Stoke-on-Trent and Newcastle-under Lyme Figure 5.31 Best and Worst Sites for Security in Stoke-on-Trent and Newcastle-under Lyme

Figure 6.1 Benchmark Graphs – Quantity Figure 6.2 Benchmark Graphs – Quantity

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 6 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

1 INTRODUCTION J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 7 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

1.1 The need for a green space audit

A green space audit for urban North Staffordshire was commissioned in March 2005, in response to the gathering momentum of urban renewal in the sub-region. As part of the ODPM’s Pathfinder Initiative, an extensive programme of large scale housing market restructuring and renewal has been advanced by RENEW across the conurbation. The scale and pace of this renewal requires that a clear and extensive understanding of the sub-region’s green space resource must be acquired so that green space can fulfil its role of enhancing local quality of life.

The purpose of the commission is, therefore, to guide the restructuring quality improvement of existing space in the conurbation to support this regeneration. To this end, an audit of the study area’s green spaces has been carried out and analysed to provide a comprehensive basis current and future requirements in relation to the North Staffordshire Housing Market Renewal Initiative and parallel regeneration activity by the North Staffordshire Regeneration Zone/AWM, the local Authorities, English Partnership and other key Partners.

1.2 National Context

The need for a green space audit is given further weight by the recommendations and principles advocated by Planning Policy Guidance Note 17: Planning for open space, sport and recreation (PPG17). The guidance notes that:

creatively and effectively to ensure that there is adequate provision of accessible, high quality green spaces, civic spaces and sport and recreation facilities to meet the needs of local communities and visitors.” September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 8 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

It is intended that an independent audit of green spaces would, therefore provide a robust framework upon which decisions regarding their conservation, enhancement or disposal may be made.

This document includes findings and analysis of the green space audit as well as a review of relevant policy. In addition, a study of the landscape context has been included and a brief analysis of potential links between green space delivery and housing market uplift has been presented. The findings of a neighbourhood survey in relation to green space are also included here.

The audit findings and the desktop review and analysis will provide an important and locally relevant knowledge and evidence base to inform phase 3 of the commission. This future phase will use the findings in this document to develop a strategy for green space design, delivery, maintenance and management across the sub-region, taking into account the needs and aspirations of local residents as well as the visions presented by the current masterplanning exercises which are being developed for the key Pathfinder Areas of Major Intervention at Meir, Knutton and Cross Heath and the urban core (the area relating to Burslem, Middleport and Hanley). In response to the current urban regeneration initiatives and the findings of the audit, the strategy will include an Action Plan and green space framework, which will be developed to address key issues and integrate existing cross-authority landscape and green space policies and frameworks to produce realistic and deliverable targets.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 9 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

1.3 Setting the scene

The study area

The study area is situated in the West Midlands and includes the urban areas of North Staffordshire encompassing the main urban centres of Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stoke-on-Trent, extending to Kidsgrove in the north and the Potteries towns to the south, all of which form the main conurbation (see Figure 1.3). The conurbation is well connected to the rest of the country by the M6, which runs close by. Major roads and rail connections also connect the study area to surrounding urban centres such as Crewe, Stafford and Derby as well as more widely to Birmingham,

Manchester and Nottingham.

An initial analysis of the study area indicates that the conurbation benefits from a relatively large coverage of green space. However, the audit must consider not only the quantity of green space but also its type, accessibility, quality and value of those spaces.

The project team The commission was directed by a Project Steering Group consisting of representatives from organisations who are involved in the regeneration of the conurbation. Steering Group members are as follows:

Ian Collis City of Stoke-on-Trent

Martin Berry City of Stoke-on-Trent

Andrew Hargreaves City of Stoke-on-Trent

Roger Tait Newcastle Borough Council J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Deb Starkings Newcastle Borough Council

Carl Bunnage RENEW

Howard Price CABEspace September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 10 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Further discussions were held with others who were involved in the policy and decision making for regeneration and landscape in the client organisations.

The consultant team is led by Scott Wilson and the neighbourhood survey and analysis as well as the review of green space policy and best practice was contributed by Community First Partnership.

1.4 Aims and objectives

A series of aims and objectives for both the audit and the future strategy were agreed with the Steering Group at the project inception stage. These are outlined as follows:

Aims

to develop and link a green space audit and strategy with the housing market renewal led by RENEW as well as regeneration across the sub- region;

to integrate existing cross-authority landscape and green space policies and frameworks into the emerging strategy; and

to identify realistic and deliverable targets informed by a review of best practice regarding the design, delivery, maintenance and management of green space.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 11 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Objectives

to analyse existing best practice, policy and strategic documentation from international, national and district sources to inform the strategic approach;

to review case studies of instances where specific green space projects have contributed to a positive uplift in the prevailing housing market or land values;

to carry out a qualitative audit of 1,000 green spaces to identify the needs of local communities with regard to green space provision;

to undertake a comparative analysis of the case-studies, policy, best

practice, qualitative green space assessment, demographics, landscape context and community needs to synthesise a series of principles to underpin a green space strategy appropriate across the conurbation including the RENEW AMIs;

to develop a draft vision statement which is shared by project stakeholders;

to produce a set of Framework Plans which provide a spatial overview of the proposals across the conurbation, including RENEW AMIs (taking into account the work developed through the Urban Core Study and other masterplanning processes) with indicative capital and revenue costs and recommendations concerning delivery, management and maintenance arrangements and sources of funding; and

to establish a series of targets for local green space provision which can be monitored against agreed performance indicators.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 12 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

POLICY AND BEST PRACTICE

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 13 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

2.1 National and regional planning policy

This chapter reviews the planning policy framework applicable to the Urban North Staffordshire Green Space Audit and Strategy (‘the Scheme’). It includes an assessment of the formally adopted plans at national, regional, county and local level, emerging plans and policy guidance.

In relation to the statutory planning framework, the Scheme is situated entirely within the County of Staffordshire and within the boundaries of three local authorities –Newcastle-under-Lyme, Stoke-on-Trent and Staffordshire Moorlands. It is therefore subject to the policies laid out in the three local authorities’ development plans, as well as the Staffordshire and Stoke-on-

Trent Structure Plan, West Midlands Regional Planning Guidance, and national planning policy.

The legislation and guidance reviewed below is often highly detailed and considerably wide reaching in terms of their impacts on a range of issues. Therefore, this chapter provides a summary of the key policies in relation to the principal issues associated with the nature of the scheme, including, landscape designations (sensitive landscape, both visual and ecological); nature conservation; and recreation and public open space cultural heritage.

The policy documents, which will be reviewed in the document, are displayed in Table 1, below.

Table 1 National Policy

Sustainable Communities Plan (2003)

PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development (2005)

Development Strategy (2005)

PPG2: Green Belt (1995) September 2005

PPG17: Planning for Open Space, Sport and

Recreation (2002) Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 14 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

PPG17 Companion Guide: Assessing Needs and Open Space (2002)

Draft PPS 9: Biodiversity and Geological Conservation (2004)

The Urban Green Spaces Task Force (2002)

‘Living Places, Cleaner, Safer, Greener’ (2002)

‘Start with the Park’ (2005)

Regional Policy

Regional Policy Guidance for the West Midlands RPG11 (2004)

West Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy (2004)

Regional Economic Strategy 2004-2010

Sub-regional Policy

Staffordshire and Stoke-on-Trent Structure Plan1996- 2011 (Adopted 10th May 2001)

RENEW North Staffordshire Market Renewal Prospectus (2004)

Local Policy

Stroke-on-Trent

Local Plan (1993-2001) J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 Local Development Scheme (March 2005)

Area Action Plans

Local Agenda 21 September 2005

Local Transport Plan (2000) Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 15 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Statement of Community Involvement Commencement (2004)

Community Strategy (2004-2014)

‘Greening for Growth’ Strategy

Vision Lite: A Spatial Vision for North Staffordshire (2004)

Rivers Strategy (2004)

Natural Heritage Strategy for Stoke-on-Trent (2001)

Sport & Active Recreation Strategy (2002-2007)

Newcastle-under-Lyme

Local Plan (2001-2011)

Local Development Scheme (2005)

Area Action Plans

Local Agenda 21 (2000)

Local Transport Plan

Draft Statement of Community Involvement (2005)

Newcastle-under-Lyme Parks and Green Space Strategic Plan (2003)

Corporate Plan and Best Value Performance Plan (2005/2006) J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Newcastle Leisure Strategy (2003)

Newcastle Cultural Strategy (2000) September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 16 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

National Policy

The purpose of this section of the report is to review all relevant national policy documents from national to local level. This will include relevant Planning Policy Guidance Notes, Planning Policy Statements, relevant best practice guides.

‘Sustainable Communities Plan’ (2003) The Sustainable Communities Plan was drawn up by the Office of the Deputy Prime Minister (ODPM) in February 2003 in order to tackle serious

housing shortages, particularly in London and the south east, and the decline of low-income urban neighbourhoods across the country but particularly in northern and midlands cities and towns. The Plan makes major proposals to raise housing standards, reform planning (Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act, 2004), speed-up house building, and all within the imperative to protect the countryside, minimise resource use and reduce the environmental impact of development.

The Plan consists of several key elements:

Addressing the housing shortage;

Addressing low demand and abandonment;

Ensure decent homes;

Improve liveability; and J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 Protecting the countryside.

Some of the most relevant aspects of the Plan relate to areas of low demand of which the RENEW North Staffordshire Pathfinder is one. The

September 2005 inter-relationship between housing market conditions, the economy and

other factors significant to demand (including environmental quality and Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 17 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

image issues) are seen as important elements of ‘sustainable communities’ to be developed for the future.

In terms of open space and green spaces, Chapter 4 of the Plan concentrates on ‘Land, countryside and rural communities’. The challenge for the future is to ensure that in tackling housing shortages, the countryside is protected and its quality enhanced, thus avoiding the creation of urban sprawl. In doing so, the Plan outlines a guarantee to protect the green belt by investing £201 million to improve local parks and public spaces.

In protecting the environment, the Plan promotes more and better publicly accessible greenspace in and around our communities, through the creation of new country parks and networks of green spaces within towns and cities. ‘Green wedges’ and ‘green corridors’ will be given further protection through the planning system.

Furthermore, the Plan looks to encourage regional and local partners, especially in growth areas and low demand pathfinders, to replicate the success of the 12 Community Forests around major cities and towns. These forests give communities access to green spaces and woodlands on the urban doorstep, and help protect and improve the countryside.

If successful in its aims, the Plan will protect and enhance the countryside and green spaces now and for future generations.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 18 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

PPS1: Delivering Sustainable Development

Planning Policy Statement 1: Delivering Sustainable Development (2005) replaces Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) Note 1, general Policies and Principles (1997).

PPS1 now forms the basis of Government planning policy encouraging sustainable development.

The most commonly used definition of sustainable development is "development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs" (World Commission on Environment and Development, 1987).

The Government set out the following four aims of sustainable development in 1999, which should be pursued in an integrated way:

Economic development;

Social inclusion;

Environmental protection; and,

Prudent use of resources.

Following on from the 1999 Strategy, the UK Government have produced a new strategy for sustainable development, ‘Securing the Future’, in conjunction with a strategic framework on 7 March 2005.

‘Securing the Future’ (2005)

This document takes account of new policies since 1999 and identifies a new purpose, which will further develop the 1999 Strategy and not depart from it. The following ‘purpose’ has now been adopted as the new framework goal for sustainable development:

the world to satisfy their basic needs and enjoy a better quality of life, without compromising the quality of life of future generations’.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 19 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

For the UK Government and the Devolved Administrations, that goal will be pursued in an integrated way through a sustainable, innovative and productive economy that delivers high levels of employment; and a just society that promotes social inclusion, sustainable communities and personal well-being. This will be done in ways that protect and enhance the physical and natural environment, and use resources and energy as efficiently as possible.

Government must promote a clear understanding of, and commitment to, sustainable development so that all people can contribute to the overall goal through their individual decisions.

Similar objectives will inform all our international endeavours, with the UK

actively promoting multilateral and sustainable solutions to today’s most pressing environmental, economic and social problems. There is a clear obligation on more prosperous nations both to put their own house in order, and to support other countries in the transition towards a more equitable and sustainable world.

Community involvement is a key principle of PPS1 and is essential in delivering sustainable development and creating sustainable and safe communities.

Likewise, a key component of the Green Space Audit is to consult with various groups such as the Steering Group and local authorities. It is expected that local communities will be consulted in terms of open space provision. The result of this will inform the preparation of standards and recommendations.

Moreover, the results of the scheme will feed into the preparation of the LDF, including the need to protect and enhance existing areas of open space, as well as the identification of surplus sites. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

In order to achieve sustainable patterns of development and to help reduce the environmental impacts of transport, local authorities should integrate their transport programmes and land-use policies in ways that help to: reduce growth in the length and number of motorised journeys; encourage alternative September 2005

means of travel which have less environmental impact; and hence reduce

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 20 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

reliance on the private car. These core principles are reflected in transport policy throughout all administrative levels in the UK.

PPS1 sets out the responsibility of the planning system in meeting the needs of a growing and competitive economy, whilst having regard for the natural environment.

This is achieved through an emphasis on sustainable development in both urban and rural areas. PPS1 promotes high quality, inclusive design in the layout of new developments, encouraging mixed use, well-designed places where buildings and open spaces respond well, in the context of each other.

Planning should seek to maintain and improve the local environment, in

order to improve the quality of life for local communities. Positive policies, on design, conservation and the provision of public space should be introduced, with a high level of protection given to the most valued townscapes and landscapes, wildlife habitats and natural resources.

PPG2: Green Belt (1995)

Green Belt policy is facilitated through revised PPG 2 (1995). The policy guidance explains its contribution to sustainable development objectives and sets out its intention including land in Green Belts and the presumption against inappropriate development within these designated spaces. PPG 2 advises that development is inappropriate unless it is for certain defined purposes (PPG 2, 1995).

PPG 2 (1995) sets out 5 main purposes of Green Belts, which are as follows:

Check un-restricted sprawl of large built up areas;

Prevent neighbouring towns from merging into one another;

Preserve the setting and character of historic towns; and

Assist urban regeneration by encouraging the recycling of derelict and other urban land. September 2005

An important feature of Green Belts is their permanence, although their boundaries can be reviewed and altered as part of a review of development Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 21 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

plans, which involves consultation with the public. Green Belts are established through regional guidance and development plans, with structure plans dealing with the general extent and local plans defining the boundaries. Once Green Belts have been designated through development plans, they can only be altered in exceptional circumstances (PPG 2 1995). In addition, PPG 2 (1995) states that if a local authority proposes to establish a new Green Belt, it should demonstrate why normal planning and development control policies would not be adequate, and whether any major changes in circumstances have made the adoption of this exceptional measure necessary. The policy guidance also states that if new Green Belt is proposed, a local planning authority must show how it contributes to sustainable development.

The land-use planning process has a profound effect on the landscape and environment, effecting how growth and development is controlled through the development plan system. PPG 2 (1995) states that ‘Green Belts can shape the patterns of urban development at sub regional and regional scale, and help to ensure that development occurs in locations allocated in development plans’.

PPG17: Planning for Open Space, Sport and Recreation (2002)

PPG 17: Planning for Open Space, Sport and Recreation provides the most up-to-date guidance on open space, sport and recreation matters in relation to the land use planning system. The previous version of the guidance issued in 1991, placed great emphasis upon the quantity of provision and relating the provision to a national agreed standard, ‘the six acre standard’ (i.e. six acres (2.43 hectares) per 1000 population). The replacement guidance places more emphasis on the quality of open space, rather than the quantity and the development of provision standards specific to the needs of the local area. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 Revisions to the guidance recognise the importance that sport and recreation

play in the quality of life for people. Furthermore, it highlights that sport and recreation are fundamental to delivering broader Government objectives such as the urban renaissance, promotion of social inclusion, community cohesion, September 2005 health and well being, as well as more sustainable patterns of development.

As such, local authorities are required to prepare an open space strategy. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 22 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

In terms of managing and planning for the provision of open space, PPG17 paragraph 1 identifies that it is essential for local authorities to know and understand the needs of local communities. In doing so, it advises that local authorities should undertake robust assessments of both the existing and future needs of communities.

As a standard, it suggests that assessments should include an audit of existing open space. These include:

Sports and recreational facilities;

The use of existing facilities;

Access in terms of cost and location; and

Opportunities for new facilities and open spaces.

Emphasis is placed upon assessing the qualitative nature of provision as well as quantitative issues. This will allow authorities to identify the potential for increased use of existing open space through better design, management and maintenance.

Good quality audits are identified (paragraph 4) as a key component of future development plan strategies and polices. They enable local authorities to identify specific needs, as well as qualitative and quantitative deficiencies and place an emphasis of provision. As such, they provide the starting point from which to establish an effective strategy for sport and recreation, as well as valuable land use planning through the creation of effective policies in local plans.

Where effective policies are in place, paragraph 5 suggests that the audit can be used to resolve potential conflicts that arise between different uses and the users of sport and recreation facilities.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 23 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Section 2 of the Guidance note advocates that local authorities should establish their own local standards, although the guidance does not go so far as to identify how these should be quantified. It does indicate that local standards should include:

A quantitative element, to assess how much new provision may be required;

A qualitative component to assess whether existing facilities may be enhanced; and

An accessibility measure.

Paragraph 18 of the guidance notes that under use of facilities does not indicate a lack of need but may result from the poor quality of facilities in an area. As such, the guidance suggests the enhancement of existing facilities and the use of planning obligations to secure improvements, where there is an identified need.

A number of general principles are listed at paragraph 20 for the provision of new sports and recreational facilities. These include:

Promoting accessibility by non-motorised forms of transport as well as public transport;

Locating intensive forms of use where they can promote town centre vitality and viability;

Avoiding loss of amenity or biodiversity;

Improving quality through good design;

Adding to and enhancing the existing range of facilities;

Meeting regeneration needs of areas and social inclusion.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 24 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

In considering these principles, a number of general criteria can be applied to the provision of new facilities. These include:

Locating major generators of travel and activity in central locations where they can be accessible to a range of public transport modes;

Where local facilities are proposed these should be in locations that are well served by public transport; and

Best use should be made of urban fringe land where there is an absence of land within the urban area to meet provision. Again such locations should be accessible and well related to public transport provision.

Planning obligations are discussed within paragraph 33, which states that these tools should be used to remedy local deficiencies in the quantity or quality of local open space provision. In so doing, the guidance again highlights the need for a good quality assessment of need and an audit of facilities, to set local standards to justify planning obligations.

The Green Space Audit accords with Government guidance, which advises that: robust assessments of the existing and future needs of the community, together with qualitative and quantitative assessment of open space should be undertaken in order for local authorities to be able to effectively manage and plan for the provision of open space.

PPG17 Companion Guide: Assessing Needs and Open Space (2002)

Released in September 2002 this companion guide reflects the Governments’ policy objectives for open space, sport and recreation, as set out in PPG17.

The Guide seeks to build examples of existing good planning practice. The

deliver accessible, high quality and sustainable open spaces, which meet local needs and are valued by local communities (Paragraph 1.5).

The Guidance stresses that the delivery of a network of high quality open September 2005 spaces depends on creative urban and landscape design, effective

management, as well as good planning. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 25 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

In many areas the guidance suggests that improvements to the quality and accessibility of existing open space will be the key to delivering the aims of PPG17, rather than new provision.

The value of open space is considered to depend on two key aspects:

The extent to which it meets the identified needs of the local community; and

The wider benefits for people, wildlife, biodiversity and the wider environment.

The Companion Guide discusses the differences between urban and rural areas, with the suggestion that residents in rural areas cannot expect to have access to the same range of facilities, as those living in urban areas. Accordingly, the guidance advises that local authorities may have to prepare different standards for urban and rural areas to reflect these differences.

Five key attributes underpin all open space and recreational facilities, as set out in the Guidance:

Accessibility – if an area is not accessible it will be of no value to those who wish to use it. However, the guidance acknowledges the importance inaccessible open space can make to the appearance and environmental quality of an area;

Quality – the guidance states that quality relates to fitness for purpose and this requires clarity as to what that purpose is;

Multi-functional – many open spaces are used for a variety of activities and thus, the guidance suggests that this can cause

Primary purpose – to avoid confusion caused by “multi-functional”, it is suggested that each open space is identified once in an audit and its primary function recorded; and September 2005

Quantity – usually measured as the amount of provision. Although,

the guidance states that it may be possible to address a deficiency in Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 26 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

open space provision, by improving the quality or specification of existing facilities.

The Guidance advises that all five attributes are sustained by good management and maintenance.

The Guide indicates how local authorities can:

Establish the wishes of their local communities and apply their provision standards in a way that is equitable to both developers and local communities; and

Promote a consistent approach across different facility types.

It also provides a framework for determining the need for planning conditions, or the negotiation of planning agreements.

A critical component of the initial stage of the study is to agree the primary function of each area of open space. The results of the Green Space Audit will inform the preparation of local standards, which in turn will relate to the specific needs of an area. It will also allow for an identification of over and under provision and specific open space types and allow for direct comparisons between areas within the audit.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 27 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Draft PPS9: Biodiversity and Geological Conservation (2004)

PPS9: Biodiversity and Geological Conservation (Consultation Paper, 2004) sets out three key objectives:

The integration of biodiversity with other economic, social and environmental considerations;

The conservation, enhancement and restoration of the diversity of England’s wildlife and its geological and geomorphological sites; and

The incorporation of biodiversity into developments, as part of a healthy functioning ecosystem.

Furthermore, the provision of ecological networks of natural habitats is seen as a priority measure. Specifically, local planning authorities will be expected to incorporate policies in LDDs, linking sites of biodiversity importance.

The Green Space Audit will identify wildlife corridors, which are suitable for local designation and areas of particular ecological significance. These will be sites that are worthy of protection but are currently not protected by local and national designations.

The Urban Green Spaces Task Force (2002)

Following the Urban White Paper, an Urban Green Spaces Task Force was established to develop proposals to improve urban parks, play areas and green spaces. It reported in 2002 and set out 52 recommendations to Government.

The Task Force’s report, Green Spaces, Better Places1 begins by

decline in quality of many urban parks and green spaces. The report states that action is urgently required if they are to deliver their many benefits. The authors argue that parks and open spaces have the potential to make a major contribution to urban regeneration by enhancing the environment, facilitating September 2005

1 Department of Transport, Local Government and the Regions (2002) Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 28 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

social inclusion, contributing to healthy living and providing educational opportunities.

The Task Force’s first recommendation relates to providing high quality green spaces to meet the needs of people in disadvantaged areas. They recommend that ‘green space planning’ should be placed at the heart of urban regeneration.

Notwithstanding the potential of urban parks and green spaces, the Task Force identified significant obstacles to realising this potential. Most importantly the authors report that a majority of urban green spaces have suffered neglect and decline as a result of significant under investment over the past 15-20 years.

Background research for the report found that some sectors of society, particularly people over 65, those with disabilities, ethnic minorities, women and 12 to 19 year olds, are using open space less than others.

The Task Force was concerned at the declining standards of park maintenance arising from the loss of horticultural skills and the declining status of parks staff.

The Task Force argued that realising the potential of urban parks and open spaces requires increased capital funding (some £100 million in each of the next five years), more partnerships between the private sector, local authorities and communities, better skilled staff, improved statistics, better planning and more Government support.

The Green Space Audit will provide a Geographical Information System (GIS) along with an excel database of open space within the study area. This will enable users to identify where open space is located and its present condition. In addition, the study will identify where future

open spaces.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 29 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

‘Living Places, Cleaner, Safer, Greener’ (2002)

This report was published by the Office of the Deputy Prime Minister in October 2002 and is essentially a ‘best practice’ guide. The report not only deals with parks and public open spaces but with the whole of the “public realm” including streets and indeed “everywhere between the places we live and work.” Four challenges were posed for those various bodies responsible for these public spaces. They were first to adopt a holistic approach: ‘holistic’ in that the various responsible organisations work together and ‘holistic’ in that the public realm was seen as a network and a whole. Secondly, the report called for an end to “creeping deterioration” the process by which incremental decisions, or lack of action, have led to a decline in the quality of open spaces.

Thirdly, the authors reiterated the importance of quality open spaces for disadvantaged neighbourhoods. Fourthly, the report pointed to the need to respond to changing patterns of demography and development.

Five factors were singled out as components for success: leadership, partnership, community involvement, quality and innovation and the effective communication of ideas.

Section 3 of the report dealt specifically with urban parks and green spaces and represented the government’s formal response to the Urban Green Spaces Task Force. It contained a commitment to develop a clearer national framework for urban parks and green spaces and to establish a new unit within the Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment (CABE) for urban spaces. This unit, “CABE Space”, is charged with championing urban parks and green spaces and now fulfils a similar role to the independent

Since the report’s publication, the government and CABE Space have promoted partnerships, working between Groundwork, the Urban Parks September 2005

Forum, ILAM, the Green Flag Award Scheme and the Improvement and Development Agency (IDEA). Since its creation, CABE Space has sought to further develop comparable national and local data on urban parks and green Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 30 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

spaces. Good practice is encouraged in the following ways: by advocating the principles, which underline Beacon Council status for parks; by promoting a national system of strategic enablers, which will assist local councils in developing and implementing open space strategies, by further developing standards and by promoting local involvement.

The Green Space Audit will encourage a holistic and team working approach to a green space strategy. It will also encourage the Council to look at green spaces as part and parcel of their surrounding area and not as separate entities within the public realm. This will encourage linkages to green spaces and allow for a more sustainable approach.

‘Start with the Park’ (2005)

‘Start with the Park’ (CABE, 2005) is a good practice guide for everyone involved in the processes of sustainable growth and renewal in England. It is particularly relevant to the creation and care of green spaces in housing growth areas and housing market renewal areas. It will inform and inspire strategic decision-makers working in local delivery and partnership bodies, local and regional authorities, government departments and other national agencies, private developers, housebuilders and registered social landlords and community and voluntary sector groups.

This guide demonstrates that meeting the demands of housing growth and renewal is not just about units of housing, it is about transforming neighbourhoods.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 31 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Regional Policy

Regional Planning Guidance 11: West Midlands (RPG11)

Final Regional Planning Guidance for the West Midlands (RPG11) was published by the Secretary of State on 15 June 2004 and is used to guide the preparation of local development plans. Open space is discussed within Chapter 8, ‘Quality of the Environment’. This chapter underlines that the environment should be regarded as a major asset to the region, with everyone having access to high quality Greenspace and thus, creating more sustainable communities. This should be achieved through multi-agency/multi-disciplinary approaches and with the involvement of the local community.

Policy QE4: Greenery, Urban Greenspace and Public Spaces outlines what Local Authorities need to do including significantly improve the overall quality of public space, especially in city and town centres; increasing the overall stock of urban trees; improved accessibility and community safety and maintaining and enhancing sports, playing fields and recreation grounds. Further guidance is given for development plan policies, which should ensure that adequate protection is given to key features such as parks, footpaths and cycleways, river valleys, canals and open spaces.

West Midlands Regional Spatial Strategy

Since April 2003, the West Midlands Regional Assembly has been the Regional Planning Body for the West Midlands region, charged with producing and implementing the West Midlands Spatial Strategy, formerly Regional

September 2004, RPG11 became the RSS.

The Regional Spatial Strategy is part of the national planning system and its main purpose is to provide a long-term land use and transport-planning

September 2005 framework for the Region. This framework guides the preparation of local

authority development plans and local transport plans. Furthermore, it determines (amongst other things) the scale and distribution of housing Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 32 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

and economic development across the Region, investment priorities for transport and sets out policies for enhancing the environment and incorporates the Regional Transport Strategy.

There will be a partial review of the RSS in September 2005, which will review certain policies including the ‘Quality of the Environment’.

West Midlands: Regional Economic Strategy 2004-2010

The Regional Spatial Strategy also provides the longer-term planning and land-use framework for the Regional Economic Strategy (RES), which is

prepared by Advantage West Midlands, resulting from wide consultation with sub-regional partners. The Strategy states that the Vision for 2010, ‘The West Midlands is recognised as a world-class region in which to invest, work, learn, visit and live and the most successful in creating wealth to benefit all of its people’ will be achieved through its continued partnerships and drive for economic prosperity within the region.

In terms of the environmental challenges, the Strategy identifies the importance of environmental quality and its need for tourist development, inward investment and quality of life. The challenge is to ensure that economic development enhances, and is in turn enhanced by, the environment.

Furthermore, the Strategy details the importance of sustainable communities, which need an environment that is attractive, safe and offers high quality social and cultural infrastructure. Strategies will be actioned to ensure that the environmental quality of the area does not only detract potential investors but also local populations from moving outward. Of particular importance is the J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

‘promotion of environmental awareness and improvement; enhancement of cultural opportunities; and maintaining and developing green spaces to provide better living conditions and improve perceptions of local areas’. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 33 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Sub-regional policy

Staffordshire and Stoke-on-Trent Structure Plan 1996-2011

The Staffordshire and Stoke-on-Trent Structure Plan 1996-2011 was first adopted on 10th May 2001 and then amended in accord with the ruling of the High Court on 5th February 2002.

Within Chapter 11:Recreation and Leisure, Policy R6 ‘Open Space in Urban Areas’ outlines the following:

R6: The provision of open space within urban areas will be sought having

regard to: (a) the standard of 2.43 ha per 1,000 population being used as a baseline level of provision and (b) the retention of existing public open spaces and playing fields owned by public, private or voluntary organisations and required to meet open space standards referred to above, land of especial ecological or visual value or forming an important link in the urban open space network. It is noted that their development will not be permitted for other purposes unless a number of conditions are met.

2.2 Local Planning Policy

The study area is covered by two local plans, Stoke-on-Trent City Plan and Newcastle-under Lyme Local Plan. Each of these plans offers a different perspective on the approach to recreation and open space.

Stoke-on-Trent J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Local Plan

Stoke-on-Trent City Plan 1993-2001 (Adopted 1993)

Although out-of-date, this document is still relevant and is now a saved policy September 2005

document (The First Deposit Draft City Local Plan 2011 has been formally withdrawn now that the Local Development Scheme has taken effect). Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 34 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Chapter 5 of the adopted plan ‘Greenscape’ contains a number of policies of interest that affect the provision of open space in Stoke-on-Trent:

GP5: Open Space Network;

GP6: New Open Space;

GP7: New Housing: Open Space; and

GP12: Access to Open Space.

GP5: Open Space Network

The City Council will protect, improve and extend the network of open spaces

and landscaped routes across the city, having regard to varying degrees of mobility.

GP6: New Open Space

New areas of open space will be created through the reclamation of vacant, derelict and under-used sites and the treatment of other suitable sites, including temporary treatment or landscaping pending redevelopment.

GP7: New Housing: Open Space

Residential development will be required to provide appropriate public open space and recreation facilities for children. The general requirement is for 7 acres (2.8ha) of open space for every 1,000 persons (This is equivalent to 7 acres per 380 dwellings or 3ha per 400 dwellings).

Development, which would adversely affect public access to existing open space (as defined in Policy GP9) or to sites proposed for use as open space will not normally be permitted unless adequate alternative access is provided. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 35 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Overall, the Greenscape policies and proposals aim to:

Safeguard and improve existing areas of public open space and recreation facilities;

Overcome deficiencies in the provision and distribution of public open space and recreation facilities;

Maintain the Green Belt around the City and protect and enhance open land elsewhere in the City; and

Protect existing natural habitats and encourage the creation of new habitats.

Local Development Scheme 2005 (March 2005)

The new Local Development Scheme (LDS) is the keystone to the Government’s new plan making system. Stoke-on-Trent City Council must prepare and maintain the LDS, in consultation, with the Government Office for the West Midlands. As part of the LDS a series of Area Action Plans will be produced, these plans are used to provide the planning framework for areas where significant change or conservation is needed. The key feature of Area Action Plans will be to focus on implementation. To this extent, whilst many of Area Action Plans relate to the same geographical areas as the Areas of Major Intervention identified by RENEW, the Area Action Plans are produced by the Local Authority and provide a planning policy and implementation framework for the areas where significant intervention is needed. The Area Action Plans, as detailed by the LDS for Stoke are discussed below.

Burslem, Etruria Valley and Middleport Area Action Plan:

The development of the Burslem, Etruria Valley and Middleport Area Action Plan commenced in November 2004, with the purpose of securing the September 2005

regeneration of this core conurbation to the north west of Stoke City Centre

and improving links to neighbouring centres. In addition to, providing a radical Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 36 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

improvement to the urban environment and infrastructure of Middleport and Burslem. It is likely to take two to three years before an adopted plan is available.

City Centre and Etruria Road Corridor Area Action Plan:

Hanley is recognised, at a regional level, as a strategic city centre within the West Midlands region. The City Centre will be the focus for major retail development, leisure and office development. Regeneration of this area is a strategic priority.

Hanley South and University Quarter Area Action Plan:

The Hanley South and University Quarter Area Action Plan was initiated in November 2004 and is likely to take two to three years to develop. The finished document will provide detailed planning guidance for the regeneration of this area of Stoke-on-Trent, in order to create an attractive environment and a vibrant residential area to the south of the City Centre.

Meir Area Action Plan:

The action plan for the redevelopment of the Meir council estate commenced in November 2004 and is expected to take between two and three years to complete. The aim of this action plan is to provide detailed planning guidance for the regeneration of the Meir council estate and district centre. The purpose of this action plan is to restructure Meir council estate and create a desirable mixed tenure district, well served by a robust neighbouring centre.

September 2005

Local Agenda 21 Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 37 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The Stoke-on-Trent Local Agenda 21 Plan seeks to reduce pollution and contribute to the overall state and well being of the natural and built environment. The Local Authority adopted an Environmental Policy in 1998 and seeks to set out the Council’s commitment to developing best environmental practice within individual service areas. The main aims of the Environmental Policy include:

Support an appropriate network of open spaces across the city and enhance their wildlife and landscape value;

Protect and enhance the city’s architectural and archaeological heritage and promote the use of ‘green’ design techniques;

These will support and provide protection for many open space sites across the city and protect the wildlife that inhabits these sites; and

The Local Authority also has a ‘Greensteps Action Fund’. This fund provides grants for environmentally sustainable initiatives such as tree planting and wildlife gardens. The fund will help contribute to the vitality of open space sites by protecting them from development and encouraging wildlife habitats on such sites.

Overall, the Stoke-on-Trent Local Agenda 21 policy will help to conserve and protect open space sites, whilst improving linkages between each and increase their use but limit car usage.

Local Transport Plan

The Stoke-on-Trent Local Transport Plan (LTP) was adopted in July 2000 and

authority area. The Plan covers a five-year period from April 2001 – March 2006, with the Plan now in its fifth year. The LTP describes the transport situation in Stoke-on-Trent, sets out the transport objectives for the city

September 2005 outlines the City Council’s transport strategy and policies and contains the

implementation programme to achieve the objectives. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 38 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The LTP sets out seven aims, each with its own set of objectives. The aims are:

Improve accessibility for all;

Improve travel choice and integration of travel methods;

Manage traffic and travel demand;

Improve safe travel;

Support the local economy and regeneration efforts;

Improve the network; and

Improve the environment and people’s health.

The objectives for these aims act as a benchmark, guiding the local authority in the right direction for the completion of the aims.

The objectives of these aims will improve accessibility to the countryside and to leisure facilities, reduce traffic growth and congestion in sensitive areas and improve the overall environmental quality.

Additionally, by improving access to the countryside and its leisure facilities, and thus increasing users, the plan encourages the revitalisation of underused spaces and run-down facilities.

Section E7: Access to the Countryside and Leisure discusses what the Council aims to do about encouraging access to the countryside and leisure facilities. The Council aim to reduce the number of car trips out to the countryside and its leisure facilities. Instead, it will encourage suitable public transport provision.

Furthermore, the green space in urban North Staffordshire provides many J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 important routes and links within the walking and cycling networks. Stoke-

on-Trent has a network of greenways for walking and cycling and improvements to these have increased the levels of use of green space and enhanced the coverage and quality of off-road walking and cycling September 2005 routes. The Greenway network will hopefully re-introduce cycling and

walking, which may result in a change of travel habits. The following areas Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 39 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

have been completed within the Greenway Improvement programme: Chesterton to Chatterley Valley, Whitfield Valley and Central Forest Park.

In conclusion, the LTP will encourage further use of outlying leisure facilities and will encourage/enable people to visit the countryside to partake in leisurely pursuits. However, as the pressure on facilities increases so will the pressure to maintain, upgrade and regenerate facilities and sites.

Stoke-on-Trent is currently working with Staffordshire County Council to develop a new Local Transport Plan for the whole of the North Staffordshire urban area. The new Local Transport Plan will cover the

period from April 2006 to March 2011 and will have a new set of shared and local objectives:

Minimise congestion

Improve accessibility

Reduce accidents

Enhance air quality

Assist regeneration

More efficient maintenance of transport infrastructure

Improve quality of life

Achieving these objectives will complement and assist green space strategies, by improving access to green space and encouraging sustainable modes of transport, such as walking and cycling. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 40 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Stoke on Trent: Statement of Community Involvement Commencement (November 2004)

Stoke on Trent City Council will be producing a Statement of Community Involvement. This document will set out how communities and stakeholders, including organisations outside the City, can contribute to the preparation of Local Development Documents and assist in the determination of major planning applications.

Stoke-on-Trent Community Strategy 2004 – 2014; A Long Term Vision

This is the first Community Strategy to be produced for Stoke-on-Trent. It is a plan for the future, encompassing the next 10 years. In total, the Plan has developed 24 ideas or strategic proposals, which will transform the City over the long term.

With regard to open space, play facilities and a greener environment; local people have identified several needs, which they want the City to provide. These include more cultural and leisure facilities; more local facilities for young people; a clean city with maintained parks and green areas, a strong sense of community spirit and access for all in the decision making process that will improve the quality of life for all residents.

The strategy is divided into 6 major categories:

A Healthier City;

A Safer City;

A Wealthier City;

A Green City; and

A City with a strong sense of Community. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 41 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The Council’s vision within Chapter 5: ‘A Green City’ is:

‘A Green City that provides well maintained open spaces, good quality play facilities for our children and a quality environment for future generations’.

Current problems within the city include poor quality open space, poor quality public space within the city centre, poor quality footpaths and access to the Trent and Mersey and the Caldon canal, lack of use of the City’s Parks and lack of children’s play facilities. In addition to these problems, there are core issues such as unhealthy lifestyles and the damaging effect that this overall image is having on the city as a whole.

‘Greening for Growth’ Programme

The Council will implement a Greening for Growth Programme, which is a £20 million package of park and landscape improvements, which will help change the image of the area, improve quality of life and restore community pride.

Specifically, the document aims to establish:

A series of well used and maintained landmark parks, which offer real choice across the conurbation in recreational provision and attract residents to live nearby;

A conurbation wide network of safe, attractive off-road routes for pedestrians and cyclists along canals, rivers and disused railways linking green spaces with homes and places of work; and

A landscape to be proud of where major transport routes and new developments are framed by interesting, high quality landscapes and a wider fabric where woods, water and wildlife are part and parcel of

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 42 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Overall, the Community Strategy aims to improve the quality of life for everyone in the city and to make it a more competitive city in the long term. The Strategy, through a wide range of partnerships will help deliver a more sustainable way of living within Stoke-on-Trent.

Vision Lite: A Spatial Vision for North Staffordshire (2004)

Vision Lite was produced by the Directorate of Regeneration & Community (Regeneration Strategy Division) and Stoke on Trent City Council in partnership with Instaffs (UK) Limited.

The strategy is intended to provide the principles that will shape the statutory planning framework for North Staffordshire and create a modern conurbation set in a quality environment. The Strategy outlines that the area is one of the greenest urban areas within the UK due to its parks, open spaces and its great network of canals.

Within the spatial principles for the city region, the following encompass the environment:

Important areas of the river and canal corridors will become a green landscape of forest and artificially created lakes;

The corridor will be an attractive foreground setting for glimpsed views of the prominent hill towns on either side;

Work in partnership with developers to realise the true potential of the watersides, parkland approaches and hill views; and

Promotion of the ‘win-win’ virtue of good design, enriching the J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

community as a whole.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 43 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Overall, the Strategy has identified that North Staffordshire has several advantages already in place such as its canals, rolling hills and open spaces. These assets can be enhanced in order to realise its vision of creating ‘a sense of place’ for the area.

Stoke on Trent: Rivers Strategy (2004)

The Rivers Strategy 2004, which has Supplementary Planning Guidance status, was published in partnership with Stoke-on-Trent City Council, Severn Trent Water and the Environment Agency. The Strategy recognises and promotes the positive role that rivers can play in urban

regeneration. The Strategy has twelve very clear goals, which cover a variety of issues, from nature conservation and restoration of the natural character of the river channel, to access and recreation for pedestrians and cyclists and promoting appropriate development in riverside locations. The Rivers Strategy presents a number of opportunities for people, nature and the built environment - offering people access to open space is of importance to this study and the improvement of river networks can only enhance this commodity.

Stoke on Trent: Natural Heritage Strategy (2001)

Stoke-on-Trent’s Natural Heritage Strategy provides a vision for conserving the City’s natural heritage and was launched in April 2002. The strategy provides guidelines to protect, manage and enhance important sites (such as Berryhill Fields and Park Hall Country Park), habitats and species.

The strategy will seek to address a number of priorities including the protection

spaces and green corridors.

In addition, the Strategy aims to raise people’s awareness of the wealth of natural heritage in Stoke-on-Trent and encourage involvement and enjoyment. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 44 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Sport and Active Recreation Strategy (2002-2007)

This strategy sets out the Council’s plans in conjunction with its partners for the development of sporting activities, including built facilities and pitches. The four themes of the Strategy reflect local issues of importance for sport and recreation and include ‘providing and improving facilities and green spaces – enhancing locations and contributing to the local environment’. From this, the strategy has the aim of improving the local environment through the development of natural resources and green space for sport and recreation. Actions over the next 5 years include completing a Playing Pitch Strategy for Stoke-on-Trent and a review of the City Council parks.

Newcastle-under-Lyme

Local Plan

The Newcastle-under Lyme Local Plan covers the period 2001-2011 and was adopted in October 2003. Sustainable development is at the heart of the Newcastle-under-Lyme Local Plan. Effective protection of the environment is one of four principle objectives, which needs to be met to ensure a better quality of life for now and future generations. The Local Plan uses the North Staffordshire Green Belt to safeguard the countryside from encroachment and to assist in urban regeneration. With regards to open space, the Green Belt Policy helps to direct development, where possible, to the urban areas, thus preserving the open character of the land. The Plan contains policies on how to manage recreation space within the local authority area.

C1: Development and Open Space;

C4: Open Space in New Housing Areas; J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

C6: Recreation and Leisure – Built Facilities;

C7: Recreation and Leisure – Land Extensive Activities; and

N16: Protection of a Green Heritage Network. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 45 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Policy C1: Development and Open Space: This policy aims to safeguard open space and playing field provision in order to insure that provision is appropriate to the needs of the community.

“If development is proposed on any open space or playing field, permission will not be given unless it can be shown that the present and future catchment community will not be under provided for, in terms of its particular needs, should the facility in question be closed, or alternatively unless a suitable replacement facility is provided”.

The policy will safeguard areas of amenity and recreational space and retain them according to their local need. Furthermore, areas that are under-

provisioned will have their current level maintained.

Policy C4: Open Space in New Housing Areas:

This policy sets out quantitative targets for open space provision within new housing areas. The policy sets the target at 0.1 hectares per 50 houses for sites of 0.4 hectares or above. It recommends that the amount of equipment required will be appropriate to the size of the development. This amount will be agreed with the Council on the basis of the ‘Policy for Play’ and the approved level of developer contributions. Where new play areas are provided it should not be more than 0.4 kilometres for a child to walk nor should they have to cross a main road to get to the site. This policy ensures that new play spaces are provided in tandem with housing developments and that developers are paying the costs. The policy will mean that play spaces are at a high standard and the council will have input into the design of the play space.

This policy encourages the location of built recreation facilities to be located in town centres, thus, limiting the use of private transport. However, out-of-town facilities will be allowed only if it can be demonstrated that they will be close to September 2005

the population or they would provide relief for over-used and/or more remote

facilities. The policy also states that development will not be permitted if it Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 46 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

results in “any significant loss” of such facilities to residents or materially harm neighbouring uses or biodiversity. This policy guarantees the safety and provision of built facilities and ensures that residents of the local authority have a built facility available to them. The policy ensures that such facilities will not be damaged or harmed by emerging development.

Policy C7: Recreation and Leisure – Land Extensive Activities:

This policy ensures that land extensive activities do not affect the environment in an adverse manner and that they are linked to other open space sites and do not cause unnecessary car trips. Policy C7 states that any development should be in an appropriate location in relation to its catchment and that any

traffic generated by the development should be accommodated by the public roads system without adverse effects. This policy ensures that any new land extensive developments will not have an adverse effect on the environment and will work in tandem with other open space facilities. The Newcastle- Under-Lyme Draft Local Plan 2003-2011 protects open space and recreation facilities through its policies and ensures that provision is adequate through current and new developments.

Policy N16: Protection of a Green Heritage Network

The urban fabric of Newcastle and Kidsgrove is not continuous and incorporates many green spaces, both formal and informal. They include ‘green stepping stones’, which are defined areas of open space and ‘green corridors’, which are linear features – all walkways and cycleways. The policy aims to protect a number of key sites and planning permission will not be granted for development in or adjacent to ‘green heritage’ areas, which would harm their integrity or their ecological and landscape value as open spaces. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Other policies, which relate to informal open space within the area include Policy C8: Country Parks and Policy C9: Countryside parks. The parks provide a valuable area of open space and recreation opportunities and will give the opportunity for community involvement. Additional community and September 2005

leisure uses are discussed in Policies C13: Apedale Community Country Park

and Policy C21: Whiterock – Apedale Road. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 47 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Local Development Scheme (6th April 2005)

This LDS includes an introduction to the planning system, profiles of proposed documents, a project management plan and an overall programme for the period 2004-2007. The Development Plan Documents outline a number of Area Action Plans, which have been summarised below.

Area Action Plans

Newcastle-under Lyme Town Centre Area Action Plan:

The plan commenced in October 2004 and the Local Authority intends to complete it by October 2007. The plan will contain detailed policies for seven years within a vision looking forwards across 15 years. Annual monitoring of the effectiveness of the plans’ policies and amendments will be processed every two years.

Newcastle-under Lyme Town Centre Area Action Plan will promote economic growth and development, whilst protecting the historic environment. The plan will concentrate on town centre housing and is likely to propose a limited number of development sites for a range of uses. The plan will also provide policies on retail and leisure uses, including the night-time economy and associated crime and disorder issues, transport, design and the public realm.

Knutton and Cross Heath Area Action Plan:

Knutton and Cross Heath Area Action Plan will contain policies to promote the renewal of the housing market including substantial housing demolition

enhancement works. Other policies and development sites for retail, employment and leisure uses within the area will be included to ensure that a balanced and sustainable neighbourhood is created. The plan commenced in October 2004 and is intended for completion three years September 2005

later. It will contain detailed policies for seven years within a contextual Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 48 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

vision, applicable over 15 years. The plans’ effectiveness will be monitored annually and subject to review every five years.

Silverdale Area Action Plan:

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 49 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

This Action Plan will concentrate on the redevelopment of the former Silverdale Colliery and void, and the renewal of the housing market in the Silverdale area. Other policies and development sites for retail, employment and leisure uses within the area will be included to ensure that a balanced and sustainable neighbourhood is created. The Silverdale Area Action Plan commenced in January 2005 and is expected for adoption by October 2008. The plan will contain policies for seven years within a contextual vision looking forward for 15 years. The strategy will be reviewed every five years.

Galleys Bank and Kidsgrove Town Centre Area Action Plan:

The Galleys Bank and Kidsgrove Town Centre Area Action Plan will be a

strategy for the renewal of the housing market in the Galleys Bank area. This is an Area of Intervention under the Renew Scheme, although not an Area of major Intervention. Other policies and development sites for retail, employment and leisure uses within the area will be included to ensure that a balanced and sustainable neighbourhood is created. The strategy commenced in January 2005 with expected adoption by October 2008. The plan will contain detailed policies for seven years within a contextual vision looking forwards for 15 years. The plan will be reviewed every five years.

Chesterton Area Action Plan:

This Area Action Plan plans for the renewal of the housing market within the Chesterton area. This is an Area of Intervention under the Renew Scheme, although not an Area of major Intervention. Other policies and development sites for retail, employment and leisure uses within the area will be included to ensure that a balanced and sustainable neighbourhood is created. The Council began writing the strategy in January 2005 and is due for adoption in

15-year vision and will be subject to review every five years.

September 2005

Local Agenda 21

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 50 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The Newcastle-under Lyme Local Agenda 21 Plan was released in October 2000 and advises on how the council intend to cut greenhouse emissions from various sources and also, how they intend to improve the built and natural environment through environmentally friendly schemes and projects. In relation to the Stoke Open Space Strategy, there are several biodiversity targets that are influential to the provision of open space:

Encourage the creation of more wildflower meadows;

The planting of more native woodland;

The establishment and protection of natural areas including rivers, lakes and wetlands; and,

The designation of the protection of important woodlands, trees and hedgerows.

The targets above suggest that development on such sites will be discouraged and such sites will be protected. This will apply to many open space sites in the Newcastle-under Lyme area and will contribute towards sustaining an attractive landscape. The Local Authority intends to develop an open space strategy in order to assist in reducing environmental pollution. Undoubtedly, this will also help with the protection of open spaces and will offer advice for improvements and suitable designations of such protected sites.

In summary, the Newcastle-under Lyme Local Agenda 21 Strategy protects, and seeks to enhance, local open space and recreation sites. The improvement of such sites will increase their usage and in turn increase pressure for more sites or their improvement.

Local Transport Plan (LTP) The Staffordshire County LTP 2000 offers policies on transport development in the County area. This includes the areas of Newcastle-under Lyme and Staffordshire Moorlands. Although these areas have specific sections within September 2005

the County LTP they do not make specific reference to leisure, recreation or

open space sites, or any form of Green Corridor. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 51 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Of particular interest within the Staffordshire County LTP are two statements that have particular influence upon open space sites within the Open Space Strategy study areas.

Promote the retention and improvement of rural services and leisure facilities in order to minimise the need to travel to major towns; and,

Public transport improvements to the co-ordination of transport services with employment, training and leisure opportunities.

In terms of the effects on open spaces, these statements will minimise the impact upon open spaces. They also protect facilities in rural areas and encourage the redevelopment of such facilities to cater more effectively for the

local community.

The statements also seek to improve accessibility to leisure facilities through more efficient public transport services.

The Local Transport Plan is currently being revised. Newcastle urban area will be covered by the North Staffordshire LTP, which will be submitted to the Government in provisional form in July 2005, while the Staffordshire LTP will cover rural Newcastle.

Draft Statement of Community Involvement (June 2005)

The Statement of Community Involvement will set out the Council’s policy for involving the public as well as statutory consultees in the planning process, both in planning policy and in dealing with planning applications. The Statement will be produced by the Regeneration & Planning Department and LSP. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Newcastle-under-Lyme: Corporate Plan & Best Value Performance Plan (2005/2006)

Chapter 11 of the Plan outlines that facilities like parks and open spaces September 2005

enable people to meet socially, as well as providing a source of relaxation and enjoyment. The Plan highlights that, in terms of facilities, the Borough now provides (amongst other things) 46 playgrounds, eight formal parks and Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 52 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

numerous areas of open space. An achievement in 2004/2005 was the refurbishment of 20 existing play areas to bring them up to the latest safety standards and the creation of a further 6 new play areas.

Newcastle-under-Lyme Parks and Green Space Strategic Plan (June 2003)

Parks and green spaces play a vital role in shaping both the landscape character of Newcastle-under-Lyme as well as the quality of life opportunities that benefit the communities who live around them.

The vision for Newcastle’s parks and open spaces is as follows:

‘To provide an exciting range of safe, well-used, high quality parks and green spaces that actively improve the quality of life for all citizens of Newcastle- under-Lyme’.

The Strategy contains 3 fundamental, guiding principles, which are ‘Safety’, ‘Inclusion’ and ‘Quality’, which are backed by 10 strategic objectives under the four headings of: Stewardship, Management, Use and Environmental Protection. From this, there are 3 detailed policies, for Play, Allotments and Trees and Woodland. In addition, there is an individual park management plan.

Newcastle Leisure Strategy Report (2003)

The Leisure Strategy produced by Newcastle-under Lyme Borough Council covers the provision of leisure, including parks and open spaces. The strategy focuses on indoor facilities, outdoor sport and recreation facilities, parks and open spaces. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 The Strategy reports that sport and recreation provides a force for

regeneration and can also aid social and neighbourhood renewal and tackle cultural isolation. In order to assist any process of regeneration and renewal, tackling anti-social behaviour and disorder is a key issue. The implementation September 2005

of the Leisure Strategy, along with the Council’s emerging Parks and

Greenspace Strategy presents an opportunity to engage people who have been socially excluded. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 53 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Furthermore, the strategy outlines the importance of open space and recreation facilities in relation to healthy lifestyles. The Strategy states that leisure activities and facilities make an essential contribution to encouraging and enabling healthy lifestyles.

Central to all of the issues surrounding the leisure strategy is ‘sustainability’; leisure services need to contribute to a more sustainable environment.

Current sport and leisure provision within Newcastle is made through the public, voluntary and commercial sectors.

These facilities range from swimming pools, Sports & Athletic Centres, a ski

slope, a golf course and cricket ground. In terms of open space provision, the Council maintains 8 urban parks and several countryside parks. It also provides 32 sport pitches and provides 1.67 ha playgrounds and play areas per 1,000 children under 12 (2003 figures). This compares to the 1.95 ha per 1,000 children average for Staffordshire County in 1999-2000.

Through the development of a Leisure Strategy, there is the potential to develop a range of partnerships and joint initiatives to enhance the provision of services to the community.

The Strategy has identified that the Council needs to assess more specifically its current levels of provision and its needs for, Open Space in the Borough. This is a direct response to the requirements that have been set out in the revised PPG17. In addition, the Strategy states that the Local Plan 2011 identifies an overall surplus of open space across the Borough. However, it is acknowledged that this overall surplus is likely to conceal specific deficiencies at a more local level. The Strategy recommends specific research to be

In conclusion, the Strategy identifies that there is a need for the Council to become the ‘driver and co-ordinator of local provision, identifying needs and demands, working in partnership, supporting and facilitating the roles of the September 2005

voluntary and commercial sector’.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 54 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The ‘vision’ for leisure proposed by the Strategy encapsulates the key issues of the report:

‘To enable quality leisure provision across the Borough, through effective local partnerships, which create participation and learning opportunities, improve health and the quality of life for the local community’.

Newcastle-under Lyme Cultural Strategy: ‘Cultural Connections’ (2000)

Parks and open spaces are an important cultural service to the community. The Cultural Strategy, like the Leisure strategy recognises the importance of community involvement, with local people supporting the idea of adopting local

parks and being involved in their protection and maintenance.

The Cultural Strategy outlines 4 specific strategy actions; one within the short- term, incorporating the cultural benefits of parks and open space (1-2 yrs) and three within the medium term (2-5 yrs), encompassing the establishment of new network groups, supporting established groups and the continuous promotion of cultural benefits. These actions also highlight the importance of working in partnership, with the Borough Council and local Community Groups.

In terms of ‘Play and Play activities’, the Cultural Strategy reports that there are 41 areas designated for children’s play in the Borough’s parks and open spaces (2000 figures: the number has since grown).

In order to provide best value, the Council co-ordinates their efforts with the public, private and voluntary sector and recognises the importance of consultation with parents and children. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

The Cultural strategy outlines 3 strategy actions for play activities, within the medium term, which encapsulate new development, increased funding and provision of a one-stop shop. Local residents expressed their concern at the lack of play facilities and parks and thus, the Strategy seeks to ensure that September 2005

everyone has equal access to a parks and open space facilities/services.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 55 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

2.3 Implications of the RENEW Prospectus

Market Renewal Pathfinders are projects set up by the Office of the Deputy Prime (ODPM) Minister to tackle the most acute areas of fragile housing demand and areas at risk in parts of the north and midlands and the associated impact on the lives of people who live in these areas.

In April 2002, nine pathfinders were announced to take forward new approaches to tackling low housing demand. The areas cut across local authority boundaries with the expectation that partnerships would be established to involve all stakeholders in developing strategic plans for whole housing markets.

RENEW North Staffordshire is one of the nine Housing Market Renewal Pathfinder schemes in England consisting of a partnership of four local authorities – Stoke-on-Trent City Council, Newcastle-under Lyme City Council, Staffordshire County Council and Staffordshire Moorlands District Council – and other key organisations across the region.

Each of the nine Pathfinders was required to prepare a prospectus or strategy for approval by the ODPM. The result in North Staffordshire is the RENEW Prospectus which was submitted to the ODPM in March 2004. The policy structure is built around Areas of Major Intervention, where low demand issues are most acute; General Renewal Areas, where more light touch interventions will support communities; and peripheral estates, where more strategic interventions will tackle the causes of population loss.

Neighbourhood based interventions are seen as an important policy tool for RENEW and as part of the Market Renewal Strategy, RENEW support

in four Areas of Major Intervention: City Centre (Hanley) South; Middleport, Burslem & Etruria Valley; Meir; and Knutton/Cross Heath (including lower Milehouse). Four more Areas of Major Intervention are

September 2005 proposed from 2007 at City Centre East, City Centre North West, Stoke

and South Shelton. Activity in these eight areas will concentrate on reducing poor stock condition, disrepair, and vacancy and turnover rates; Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 56 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

increasing the choice and quality of housing on offer to local people; and delivering necessary social, economic and infrastructural interventions (including radically improving the quality of the local environment) to ensure the long term sustainability of neighbourhoods.

Six General Renewal Areas are proposed for neighbourhoods, which are generally in better condition to the AMIs and contain most of the fundamental prerequisites of sustainability but require less radical stabilisation measures to ensure their continued health and vitality. The focus is likely to be theme based, for example addressing car-parking or community safety issues. These areas (Phase 1) are Burslem Park, Birches Head, and Normacot. Additional GRAs are proposed in future

years for Tunstall, Smallthorne and Dresden.

In addition, there are several peripheral estates, for example in Fegg Hayes, Abbey Hulton, Blurton, and Coalville where masterplans are also being prepared and within which, a watching brief will need to be maintained with targeted interventions to prevent these areas from deteriorating further and suffering from low demand. Tenure diversification will broaden appeal to more people within these areas, and Local Authority funding will be invested to bring dwellings up to the Decent Homes Standard.

City Living will also be promoted and facilitated within the City Centre (Hanley) and also Newcastle-under-Lyme and Burslem. Indeed a radical renaissance of the City Centre including the development of a new business and commercial quarter lies at the heart of the strategy to regenerate the conurbation as a whole, as this will act as a principal economic, cultural and leisure driver. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Since the Renew prospectus was submitted, a considerable wealth of work has been undertaken to reinforce the original strategy and its proposals. As already highlighted, the City Centre is currently under performing but needs to play a crucial role in creating new jobs and September 2005

opportunities to regenerate the North Staffordshire conurbation as a whole. Recognising this, an Urban Core Study has been undertaken. This is a major study into how to revitalise the heart of North Staffordshire Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 57 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

and recognises the City Centre as the key to the future of Stoke-on-Trent. Covering the central areas of Stoke-on-Trent, the study will facilitate the reconnection of Middleport into Burslem Town and reconnect the City Centre with Hanley South, other surrounding residential areas and the development opportunities of the Etruria Valley. A City Centre Masterplan is being prepared in parallel with the Urban Core Study and will provide detailed guidance for its regeneration.

The urban core study will produce:

A ‘strategic framework’ for the whole study area, identifying broad land uses. It has identified three guiding themes: ‘the best of urban living’ (including capitalising upon canalside locations, topography, heritage and parks); ‘distinctive towns in a legible City’; and ‘the greenest city in Britain’;

Recommendations for the Etruria Valley area, showing future land uses and clear links to surrounding areas and the wider North Staffordshire conurbation;

Development frameworks for the ‘Areas of Major Intervention’; J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 Business plans for each of the neighbourhoods, to inform the

‘scheme update’ funding submission. Scheme Updates are intended to inform:

An assessment by ODPM, of the contribution that pathfinders are September 2005

making to achieving a better balance between supply and

demand in the housing market; Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 58 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The amount of grant to be awarded to each pathfinder for the next implementation period (2006/7 to 2007/8); and

Estimation of resource requirements by the ODPM, during the next spending review, (which is anticipated to commence in Autumn 2005 and conclude in Summer 2006, setting budgets for 2008/9 and 2009/10 and confirming those for 2007/8).

(Partners in RENEW North Staffordshire began putting together their scheme update in May 2005. The scheme update will use up-to-date information to analyse how the housing market is changing at neighbourhood and at North Staffordshire levels. It

will consider factors like the local economic situation, changes in aspirations and market segments such as that for students and black and ethnic minority communities).

An economic feasibility study into the restoration of the derelict 500m long Burslem branch of the Trent and Mersey canal in Middleport; and

A study into the heritage character of the urban core.

The study is expected to last until September 2005 and will then be used as the basis for future investment in the area by RENEW North Staffordshire and its partners.

The Urban Core Study recognises that one of the City’s key assets is the wealth of urban greenery but there are issues around the quality of this space and the poor quality connections between the green spaces and the greenways, which characterise the locality. The Urban Core Study will

Strategy to produce appropriate solutions on decommissioned land and ensure that the restructuring of the urban form produces a landscape, which enhances the area’s natural assets and contributes positively to the health of local housing markets. September 2005

Although the specific strategic objectives and responses vary for each Area of Major Intervention and General Renewal Area, the importance of Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 59 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

quality open space is a constant theme whether on a site specific or on a non-site specific basis. Provision, access, quality, safety and visibility to open space is seen as one of RENEW’s key drivers in the regeneration of North Staffordshire.

More detailed open space policies are included within the Area Development Frameworks (ADF) and the Neighbourhood Action Plans (NAP). These documents are included as technical appendices to the RENEW Prospectus document and are discussed below. They are currently providing the foundations for the development of detailed masterplans, which will contain specific proposals in relation to greenspace. These will also demonstrate close integration with the

developing Local Development Framework for the area. Unfortunately at this stage in their development little detailed information can be provided at the time of writing.

Technical Appendices 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 Area Development Frameworks (ADF)

There are five ADFs, namely Stoke Central, Stoke North, Stoke East, Stoke South West and Newcastle under Lyme. The purpose of the ADFs is to present the strengths, the weaknesses, the opportunities and threats for each of the key strategic intervention areas within the North Staffordshire Housing Market Renewal Pathfinder.

They provide the context for the Pathfinder area and for RENEWS Housing Market Renewal (HMR) Strategy, based upon Strategic Spatial Assumptions (SSAs) and statistical analysis of private and social markets.

The creation of sustainable centres and walkable neighbourhoods, particularly in the inner core, where people will aspire to live; September 2005 The facilitation of a fit-for-purpose transportation infrastructure,

where residents have real choice between private and public transport; Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 60 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The adoption of an ambitious green space strategy, to harness the opportunities of decommissioned land to connect existing open space into a high quality green grid which can make Stoke on Trent the greenest city in Britain; and

A strategic approach to bringing forward sites, which support economic growth and do not undermine residential quality.

These principles are set in a context by the RENEW Board which seeks to make the inner core of the conurbation competitive in housing market and quality of life terms, with the suburban offer on the periphery and a Commercial Core strategy which seeks to reinforce the City Centre as a

vibrant business and learning district.

The ADF’s provide a HMR strategy for both the General Renewal Areas as well as the Areas of Major Intervention. However, detailed open space policies are primarily included within the four NAPs, which describe the policies within the Areas of Major Intervention. Therefore this policy review concentrates analysis upon the NAPs.

Technical Appendix 8: Hanley South Neighbourhood Action Plan (NAP)

This document is one of four Neighbourhood Action Plans for the four Areas of Major Intervention within the North Staffordshire conurbation. These neighbourhoods, each containing at least 1,500 properties, have significant housing market problems and need early action within the market renewal programme to secure a sustainable future for them.

The Hanley South NAP comprises two community areas – Bottleslow Street and Cliff Vale. Both areas contain a fragmented mix of housing as

from east to west.

The quality of open space provision is an important element of this NAP. This is demonstrated within the vision for Hanley South, which states: September 2005

“A sustainable residential area for the City Centre, building on the dynamism of the commercial core strategy. Mixed tenure and housing Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 61 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

typology development will provide decent homes for current residents and attract the more affluent back into the city. High quality public open spaces within the neighbourhood exploit the topography and provide a visible and inspirational link between the city centre, existing green space and the open countryside beyond the city boundaries. Population levels are maintained to support school and community facilities. Existing vulnerable communities in particular the BME community supported”.

The document highlights the fact that there is little high quality public open space within the NAP area itself with the exception of Etruria Park. Although areas bordering the NAP are well provided for through Hanley Park, Hanley Cemetery, the Trentmill Nature Park, Northwood Park and

Athletic Ground.

According to this NAP, as a result of a lack of high quality public open space, the urban form has limited “breathing space” to break up the housing and provide areas of environmental amenity. The ring of open spaces that surround Hanley including the segment of Hanley South provide an opportunity to create a network of open space and “green fingers”. This strategy aims to allow improved pedestrian and cycling routes, activities and nature corridors linking the centre to the surrounding residential areas. The canal routes also provide an additional source of high quality linkages.

A key objective of the development strategy alongside objectives such as housing demolition/renewal and improving connectivity is to:

Implement an ambitious green strategy to change the image of Hanley South and the conurbation. A new green lung is envisaged sweeping up from Trentmill nature reserve through Hanley South J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

and Hanley East.

It can be seen that well-designed public and green space is an integral component to the wider development strategy of this area. Detailed September 2005

proposals and design principles will be further developed within a

masterplan that is being prepared for this area as an integral part of the Urban Core Study. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 62 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Technical Appendix 9: Middleport Neighbourhood Action Plan

Middleport is situated immediately to the west of Burslem Town Centre. The area is strategically located near to the A500 and the Chatterley Valley development area, which is identified as a future premium employment site.

Again, the quality of open space provision is an important element of the NAP. This is demonstrated within the NAPs vision for the Middleport area.

“To become a heritage suburb to Burslem. Its canal, listed buildings and formal industrial character will endow it with a unique sense of place. It

can capitalise on its connections to a revitalised historic centre whilst offering access to the strategic road network and economic areas that will be at the heart of a more dynamic Stoke-on-Trent. It will be characterised by the rich resource of integrated green spaces within and around the neighbourhood”.

According to the document, although there is a large amount of green space there are few green links between them. Housing has not been designed to relate directly with the green space, as a result much of it is poorly overlooked contributing to a lack of security around these areas. The recreational use of these areas varies but the perception of poor maintenance undermines the quality of provision.

A well-designed public and green space is an integral component of the NAP development strategy. To this extent, a key objective of the development strategy alongside housing and social issues is to create a high quality urban environment by:

investment in their fabric and considering development at the edges to enable better surveillance;

Linking green-spaces together to form a high quality green spine for September 2005 the arc running form St Paul’s Park in the north to Grange Park in

the south; and Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 63 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Working with stakeholders to change the nature of historic Newcastle Street form a congested thoroughfare to a pleasant street.

Improving both the quality and security of green space is central to the NAP. Detailed proposals will be further developed within a masterplan that is being prepared for the area, as an integral part of the Urban Core Study. Design principles will also be established through this process.

Technical Appendix 10: Meir Neighbourhood Action Plan

The neighbourhood is located to the south east of the North Staffs conurbation and contains 6,176 people in 2,681 households.

Although the area is on the edge of open countryside offering great potential to increase the introduction of more green space, the existing public open areas are generally considered by residents to be poorly laid out, and often unsafe. Paths that link the estate to open space and countryside are inaccessible. There is also a high incidence of drug- related crime, vandalism, and anti-social behaviour, making greater demands on the design of public open space to create greater security.

In response to these issues the NAP aims to improve access to open space links, and improve safety through measures such as natural surveillance through overlooking and encouraging use.

Alongside other objectives, the NAP has a number of objectives that specifically refer to open space. These are:

to improve the structure of the area and quality of the green environment,

Bring countryside into neighbourhood through improved access, September 2005

developing green links and developing a better interface between

residential blocks and the open countryside; and Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 64 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Improve access to open space through links, and improving safety through measures such as natural surveillance through overlooking and encouraging use.

It can again be seen that the NAP incorporates provision and access to quality open space as an integral component of the Pathfinder scheme.

Technical Appendix 11: Knutton and Cross Heath Neighbourhood Action Plan

Knutton and Cross Heath neighbourhoods lie on the fringe of Newcastle-

under-Lyme approximately 1 mile north west of the centre. The neighbourhoods contain a mix of housing, industrial and open land and have good access to the villages and open space to the west of the conurbation, including the Apedale Country Park.

Despite being combined to form one NAP area, there is a difference in character and urban structure that suggests differing approaches for the way the NAP is delivered. Knutton developed historically as a village and retains its high street and village feel. Cross Heath does not have the same structure and has a more linear structure along the A34. Lower Milehouse Lane and Lower Milehouse Estate link the two areas.

Both areas contain a high quantity of open space provision within their neighbourhoods, which is improved by their close proximity to the open countryside.

The NAP has questions and concerns about the open space provision, particularly the lack of purpose, accessibility in the eastern parts of the J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 neighbourhoods and safety.

A further key issue is the relationship to the Lower Milehouse Estate, with a tract of land separating Knutton from the estate. For the Lower

September 2005 Milehouse Estate itself, the issue of its relationship and accessibility to the

open countryside to the north is an issue that the NAP highlights as needing to be addressed. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 65 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The NAP highlights a number of key objectives. In Knutton two factors, which are relevant to this review, are:

Improving access to and quality of open space; and

Improving the relationship with countryside.

Within Cross Heath two of the key objectives are:

Improving access to and quality of open spaces, particularly to the sweep of land between Knutton and Cross Heath; and

Improving permeability to the area, encouraging movement and reducing perceptions of isolation.

It is seen that the NAP incorporates provision and access to quality open space as an integral component of the Pathfinder scheme.

2.4 Review of green space policy and best practice

The review of green space policy and best practice considers the following documents:

Regeneration

CABE (2004) Creating Successful Neighbourhoods, Lessons And Actions For Housing Market Renewal

CABE Space, (2005) Does Money Grow on Trees?

Greenspace

Department of Health / DCMS (2005) Choosing Activity – A Physical Activity Action Plan September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 66 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Green Space Management CABE Space, (2005) Start with the Park CABE Space, (2004) A Guide to Producing Park and Green Space Management Plans

CABE Space, (2004) Is the Grass Greener…? Learning from international innovations in urban green space management

CABE Space (2004) Parks and Squares: Who Cares?

Greenhalgh, L. & Parsons, A. (2004) Raising the Standard, The Green Flag Award Guidance Manual

ODPM, (2004) Living Places - Caring for Quality

ILAM (2005) Recognising Innovation and Imagination in Open Space Management

GreenSpace (2003) Public Parks Assessment

CABE Space (2004) Policy Note: Preventing Anti-Social Behaviour in Public Spaces

Woudstra, J and Fieldhouse K (2000) The Regeneration of Public Parks

DTLR (2002), Improving Urban Parks, Play Areas and Open Spaces

ODPM (2002), Green Spaces, Better Places, The Final Report of the Urban Green Spaces Taskforce

Living Places: Cleaner, Safer, Greener (2002)

Strategic Planning J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Council of Europe Recommendation No. R(86)11

CABE Space, (2004) Green Space Strategies, A Good Practice Guide

ODPM (2002) Planning Policy Guidance Note 17, Planning for Sport, September 2005

Recreation and Open Space

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 67 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

ODPM, (2002) Assessing Needs and Opportunities: A Companion Guide to PPG17

English Nature, (1995) Accessible Natural Greenspace In Towns And Cities. A Review Of Appropriate Size And Distance Criteria

WS Atkins / London Planning Advisory Committee (2000), Assessing Demand for Open Space London

Llewellyn-Davies Planning / London Planning Advisory Committee (1992) Open Space Planning in London

National Playing Fields (2001), The Six Acre Standard

Kit Campbell, (2001) Rethinking Open Space

Sport England (2001), Good Practice Guide Providing For Sport And Recreation Through New Housing Development

Community Involvement

CABE Space, (2004) Involving Young People in the Design and Care of Urban Spaces

Worpole, K. (2004) No Particular Place to Go? Children, Young People and Public Space

Introduction

This policy review has been carried out as part of the Greenspace Audit and Strategy for North Staffordshire for in order to understand the current national policy context. The policy review has been structured into four J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 sections focusing on regeneration, green space management, strategic

planning and community involvement. Key policy documents and good practice guidance within each of these areas have been summarised and reviewed and their relevance to the Green Space Audit and Strategy September 2005

discussed.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 68 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Regeneration CABE (2004) Creating Successful Neighbourhoods, Lessons And Actions For Housing Market Renewal

This report is a reflection on the progress of the Pathfinder programme and to look forward to challenges that lie ahead. The main areas of the report are:

To revisit the key actions outlined in the 2003 report and revise them to reflect the current status of Pathfinder proposals;

Identify the challenges remaining for Government, Pathfinders, local authorities and their partners in the context of the seven key actions; and

Through case studies, showcase good practice occurring in the Housing Market Renewal areas and share ideas and approaches put forward by the Design Task Group.

The report highlights the need for a continued commitment to the long- term objective of transforming neighbourhoods through design, sustainable development and valuing heritage. This is achieved through a series of key actions:

1. Realise the scale of the opportunity;

2. Positively address heritage as an asset;

3. Create places of distinction;

4. Recognise the value of design and its role in renewal; J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

5. Adopt policies and tools to deliver high quality urban neighbourhoods;

6. Place sustainable development at the heart of thinking and action;

September 2005 and

7. Get ready to meet the challenge. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 69 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Each of the above has a series of subsections, including key action points, detailed case studies and visual aids. CABE have concluded, in this report that Pathfinders are at the cutting edge of new thinking about how to manage and change urban environments. However, there is still some way to go. Yet it is clear that if the lessons and actions outlined in this report are applied much more widely, in future there is a potential to bring lasting and sustained positive change to the neighbourhoods and communities going through the renewal process.

Comments

While the document concentrates on Housing Market Renewal it does consider the factors that affect the establishment and maintenance of sustainable communities and the role of green space in this role is recognised.

CABE Space, (2005) Does Money Grow on Trees?

This publication describes the role of urban parks and green spaces in bringing social environmental and economic benefits to towns and cities and suggests these areas have complex linkages. The report illustrates the contribution of good quality green spaces in terms of the desirability for local residents and businesses drawing on research from Europe and North America using a range of case studies from across the country.

The research concluded, “the case studies show that there is a positive relationship in value associated with residential properties overlooking or J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

being close to a high quality park. These premiums associated with the park do vary according to the type of park, the layout of property, the nature of the location and to some extent the nature of the local population and the type of property involved”. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 70 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Comments

The document provides evidence to suggest that good quality parks and green spaces have an impact on the desirability of an area and both residential and commercial property prices.

GreenSpace, (2004) Your Parks, The Benefits of Parks and Greenspace

Your Parks highlights the value of parks and greenspaces and the benefits that they bring. The document is set out under a number of headings

making the information easy to digest with plenty of visual breaks in the text. The core of the document focuses on;

The Urban Environment;

Community;

Ecology;

Education;

Play;

Sport and Recreation;

Healthier Lives; and

Economy.

Your Parks informs people involved in delivering park and green space services of the great diversity that they bring. It concludes that towns and

that components of the urban infrastructure, which includes that of public parks and green space, are conserved, expanded and improved. If this is not done cities in the future will be left unsustainable lacking in charm, beauty and character, and depleted of community, nature, wildlife and September 2005

sense of place.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 71 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Comments

This document describes the contribution of parks and green spaces to a number of key issues that affect quality of life. As such the findings and conclusions contained within this document are relevant to the Green Space Audit and Strategy in that it is demonstrated that parks can address cross cutting issues and should be included in other policies and strategies that seek to address these issues.

Department of Health / DCMS (2005) Choosing Activity – A Physical Activity Action Plan

This document was produced following the publication of the Choosing Health White Paper and this action plan brings together all the commitments relating to physical activity contained within the White Paper, as well as further activity across government, which will contribute to increasing levels of physical activity.

It represents the first cross-government plan to coordinate action aimed at increasing levels of physical activity across the whole population as recommended by the Game Plan report in 2002.

The document describes the general decline in physical activity among the population, the health effects and also identifies key groups who are less likely to participate in physical activity. The action plan seeks to promote J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

activity for all, in accordance with the evidence and recommendations set out in the Chief Medical Officer’s report – At Least Five a Week.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 72 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The action plan is set out around a number of key sections described below:

1. Choosing Activity in a Consumer Society

Ensuring that people in all parts of society get the information they need to understand:

the links between activity and better health; and

where the opportunities exist in daily life to be active.

2. Children and Young People: Starting on an Active Path

Encouraging activity in early years, schools, further and higher education; and

Extending further the use of education facilities as a community resource for sport and physical activity, including out-of-hours use.

3. Active Communities

Creating and maintaining a wide range of opportunities for activity through sport; and

Ensuring high-quality, well-targeted and attractive provision for walking and cycling. Continuing to make our public spaces and the countryside more accessible and attractive.

4. An Active Health Care System

lifestyle, particularly on physical activity, both routinely and opportunistically; and

Services developed within the community healthcare system to provide September 2005 ongoing support to achieve sustainable behaviour change. NHS

providers and PCTs working more closely with local government and Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 73 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

private and voluntary sectors to create access to opportunities for physical activity.

5. Choosing Activity in the Workplace

Encouraging employers (in the public, private and voluntary sectors) to engage and motivate staff to be more active; and

Providing employers with support, such as practical advice and examples of best practice, on enabling and promoting activity in the workplace and promoting and disseminating best practice for an active physical and cultural environment.

Comments

The Action Plan seeks to ensure that the decline in participation in physical activity is addressed and that all sections of the community understand the health benefits of activity and are aware of the opportunities to be more active. Within the action plan the contribution of green spaces and the wider countryside as a venue for physical activity is recognised. Good quality green spaces have the potential to make a significant contribution to encouraging and physical activity and initiatives, which support this aim.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 74 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Green Space Management

CABE Space, (2005) Start with the Park

This publication provides a clear route for successful place-making in areas of housing growth and renewal. There are a number of case studies from the USA, Europe and the UK which provide illustrate the following:

1. the need for quality green spaces;

2. areas which are under going transformation through programmes of renewal;

3. incorporation of green infrastructure into the spatial layout and future

planning of towns;

4. the need to incorporate eight basic design principles which are:

be clear about function

reflect and enhance local identity

integrate green spaces with building design

consider how each space relates to the public realm network

provide for choice

build for longevity and flexibility

consider all user groups

provide a range of habitats.

The document concludes with a section on delivering better green space through the need for partnerships and collaborations underpinned with higher aspirations. A further case study is provided which illustrates the

maintenance and management of green spaces. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 75 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Comments

The publication provides an insight into the need for creating sustainable urban green spaces in areas of housing renewal and how they should be procured and maintained as part of a structured network of green spaces

CABE Space, (2004) A Guide to Producing Park and Green Space Management Plans

This publication was written by Green Space and Community First Partnership in 2004 following dialogue with a number of organisations and feedback from Green Flag Award applicants and judges where it was suggested that applicants to the award were experiencing difficulties in producing good management plans.

The guide’s primary purpose is to; “encourage wider use of the management plans by dispelling the myth that the creation of a site management plan is an exceptionally difficult task that can be undertaken only by an expert”.

The guide suggests that the key sections of a site management should include:

- Introduction - Policy context - Site description September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 76 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Where do we want to get to? - Vision - Assessment & analysis - Aims & objectives

How will we get there? - Work / action plan - Finance & resources

How will we know when we have arrived? - Monitor & review

The guide is illustrated with a number of local authority case studies which were reviewed as part of the research that contributed to this publication.

Comments

This document provides comprehensive guidance on the management planning process and to producing management plans for green spaces.

CABE Space, (2004) Is the Grass Greener…? Learning from international innovations in urban green space management

This document was published by CABE Space in 2004 and considers the experiences of 11 international cities, across 5 continents, in managing and developing their green spaces and identifies common issues faced by

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 77 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The document follows and draws upon some of the key findings of the Urban Green Spaces Taskforce which are listed below;

Greenspaces being poorly maintained suffering from uncoordinated development and maintenance activities;

Greenspaces being insecure because of perceived high crime rates;

Lack of a coherent approach to their management;

Green spaces offering little to their users with a lack of facilities and amenities; and

Poor design which is unwelcoming and often uses poor quality materials.

The report considers the fundamental issues facing English practice in managing and developing green spaces and compares this with international case studies. The fundamental issues identified are;

Understanding urban green space;

Aspirations for high quality urban green space;

Responsibilities for urban green space management;

The coordination and resourcing of management responsibilities;

Delivery of urban green space maintenance and reinvestment;

The application of management practices to local contexts; and

The outcomes from urban green space management practices. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 78 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Key findings include:

The need to establish a coherent management strategy to cope with the diversity of green spaces;

Green space aspirations need to be considered within the broader context of other relevant policy areas;

Successful green space management depends upon a long term commitment to green spaces, not restricted to a single party agenda;

Community participation in green space management is beneficial;

The coordination of management responsibilities is probably more important for the quality of management and green spaces than the formal distribution of those responsibilities;

A clear statutory basis for green space management can be beneficial to ensure at least a statutory minimum quality is achieved, however it is more important to have the political will to use the powers or to find other means to deliver high quality green space management;

The quality of the working relationships between those with responsibility for green space management is the most important factor in affecting the better coordination of responsibilities and intervention;

Coordination is most effective when key responsibilities are unified under clear lines of management responsibility and externally through a single point of contact;

of funding;

The importance of clearly defined and properly resourced maintenance plans as tools for structuring, coordinating and

September 2005 delivering maintenance routines;

There is no single best way of organising maintenance routines; Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 79 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The delegation of some responsibilities to the operational level is desirable if maintenance routines are to be flexible to respond to the changing demands of users;

Individual green spaces have different management needs and the most successful cities acknowledge and understand those differences and actively plan for them;

Enforcement action should feed back into green space management systems;

Effective and comprehensive monitoring systems will require considerable effort to ensure they are appropriate to local

circumstances; and

The importance of monitoring user’s interactions and satisfaction with green spaces and their management.

Comments

This is a very comprehensive document supported by extensive research into the weaknesses of green space management in this country and the consideration of international good practice. Consideration is given to a diverse range of factors that affect the quality of green space management and a number of key findings have been made under these headings.

CABE Space (2004) Parks and Squares: Who Cares?

This document reports on the findings of a nationwide survey of what

parks and public spaces improve people’s quality of life. The research provides an insight into the issues the public feel need to be addressed in order to improve or maintain the standard of parks and how they want their

September 2005 local authorities to deliver these standards.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 80 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

A number of factors were identified that contributed either positively or negatively to the overall image of parks and green spaces. A domino effect was also discovered showing that no particular issue, whether positive or negative, was isolated or static. The document centres on ‘seven factors that public spaces have got to get right’:

1. Maintenance and management;

2. Community resource;

3. Space for nature;

4. Leisure and recreation;

5. Design quality and cultural heritage;

6. Health and well-being; and

7. Local economy.

The overall findings show that there is a huge demand for good quality, well maintained and well designed parks and public spaces. The major issue is how to interpret these findings into producing the standard that the public require.

Comments

This document established that parks are seen as an important asset for local people and can make a positive contribution to quality of life. The research found that local people judge the value of parks and green spaces by a number of factors and that good quality parks are managed in

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 81 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Greenhalgh, L. & Parsons, A. (2004) Raising the Standard, The Green Flag Award Guidance Manual

The Green Flag Award Manual originally written in 1996 was updated in 2004 and is the Guidance Manual for judges and applicants for the Green Flag Award.

The Green Flag Award is based on 8 key criteria:

A Welcoming Place;

Healthy, safe and Secure;

Well Maintained and Clean;

Sustainability;

Conservation and Heritage;

Community Involvement; and

Marketing and Management.

The assessment comprises a desk-based exercise to consider the management plan and other documentation guiding the site’s management as well as a field assessment.

The manual includes guidance on good management practice and policy and includes case studies to illustrate examples of good practice against particular criteria. The guide also signposts sources of useful and relevant reference material.

Comments

The manual provides relevant guidance on best practice listed under each of the award criteria and is of relevance to key sites within the study area that September 2005 may be appropriate for submission under this quality award scheme.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 82 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

ODPM, (2004) Living Places - Caring for Quality

Living Places - Caring for Quality was published by the Office of the Deputy Prime Minister in 2004 and examines how local authorities and other organisations are delivering improved standards in the better management of public space.

The research identified four key barriers to better practice:

A lack of coordination;

Weak use of regulatory powers;

Uncoordinated investment; and

The priority generally given to maintenance.

Caring for Quality suggests that long term management and maintenance is exacerbated by “too many hands all trying to do their best with limited and declining resources, with little coordination between efforts and few attempts to question the rule books which guide key public services”.

Overall the document suggests that it is possible to identify a common set of aspirations for public space. Public space should be:

Clean – a clean and well cared for place;

Accessible – a place that is easy to get to and move through;

Attractive – a visually pleasing place;

Comfortable – somewhere that is pleasant to spend time in; J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 Inclusive – a place that is welcoming to all;

Vital and viable – a place that is well used in relation to it’s predominant function(s);

Functional – a place that functions well at all times; September 2005

Distinctive – somewhere that makes the most of its character; Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 83 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Safe and secure – somewhere that feels safe from harm; and

Robust – a place that stands up well to the pressures of everyday use.

Comments

Caring for Quality identified a series of barriers that prevent public space managers from achieving better standards. The document also sets out a set of standards or aspiration for all public spaces.

ILAM (2005) Recognising Innovation and Imagination in Open Space Management

This document was first published in 2001 and revised in 2005 and sets out to demonstrate how imagination and innovation can place parks and green spaces at the centre of local communities.

The document provides background information and details about the Institute of Leisure and Amenity Management (ILAM), Open Space Innovation Award and gives examples of good practice from applicants and winners of the award.

The Open Space Innovation Award is based around five criteria:

How the scheme met it’s original objectives and the range of partnerships formed;

Funding sources utilised;

Long terms goals and management processes; and

Areas of innovation.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 84 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Each of the winners of the award are featured as a case study as well as applicants who were considered to have excelled against a particular award criteria.

Comments

This publication is a useful reference guide regarding the management and maintenance of parkas and green spaces including a number of key aspects of good practice identified through a number of winners of the award and other case studies.

Green Space (2003) Public Parks Assessment

The Public Parks Assessment, commissioned jointly by the DTLR, Heritage Lottery Fund, English Heritage and the Countryside Agency, for the first time assessed the overall standard of parks and green spaces in the United Kingdom. The main purpose of the study was to establish the level of need in relation to all public parks and to create a database of local authority owned public parks.

Data was gathered on the condition of parks and green spaces and the levels of revenue expenditure on these sites over the past 20 years. The research found that across the UK there were 27,000 public parks covering 143,000 hectares, maintained at a cost of £630 million annually. It was also estimated that there are 1.5 million park visitors annually.

While parks were generally well valued by local people, the study showed that generally urban parks were in decline with local authority parks J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

budgets reduced by 20% over the last 20 years and a cumulative revenue expenditure deficit of £1.3 billion. It was considered that the quality of parks and green spaces was becoming more polarised with the good parks getting better and the poorer parks getting worse and in the most September 2005

deprived areas these trends were further exaggerated. Historic parks were also considered to have fared worse than recreational open spaces. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 85 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

While under funding was a major factor in determining quality it was noted that there were other issues that affected the management of parks and green spaces. The research identified that “park authorities who operate a strategy are by far the most successful at ensuring that good park stocks continue to improve”.

Comments

The Public Parks Assessment demonstrated that parks and green spaces were well used local amenities despite a significant and sustained decline in investment and quality over the last 20 years. It was recognised that

there were some good examples of high quality parks and that these examples were typically where the management practices and strategies were effective.

CABE Space (2004) Policy Note: Preventing Anti-Social Behaviour in Public Spaces

This policy note published by CABE Space describes the issues relating to anti-social behaviour in parks and greenspaces and suggests that there are solutions other than increasing physical security measures. CABE Space suggests that increasing physical measures or “target hardening” is not always effective and can also have undesirable effects resulting in the “fortification of the urban environment”.

In considering the case for place making and improving public spaces the study looked at the experiences of park managers, local authorities and

effective approaches included:

Rapid response to vandalism;

Providing a presence on site by park keepers and wardens; September 2005

Providing open views and vistas; and

Engaging the community in the process of reclaiming public spaces. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 86 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

In conclusion, CABE Space recommends that green space managers should:

invest in good design, staffing and maintenance of public spaces; and

use physical security measures selectively and only as part of a coordinated approach.

Comments

The documents suggests that a comprehensive approach is required to effectively address the issue of anti-social behaviour and ensure that public spaces remain attractive places to visit.

Woudstra, J and Fieldhouse K (2000) The Regeneration of Public Parks

This publication was first published in 2000 jointly by The Garden History Society and Landscape Design Trust with support from English Heritage. It contains contributions from the Garden History Society, the Landscape Design Trust and other leading figures involved with the regeneration of historic parks and green spaces, edited by Woudstra and Fieldhouse.

The document covers the regeneration of public parks, considers the social functions of green space, memory and value and study methods for researching historic landscapes. In addition there are detailed chapters covering specific design and management issues relating to buildings and

and bedding schemes, lakes and water features as well as play and sport.

The publication describes the decline of urban parks and the loss of September 2005 historic features and structures and considers the recent regeneration initiatives in a number of parks and open spaces. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 87 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Comments

This publication provides useful reading with regard to the restoration and regeneration of historic parks, landscapes and structures.

DTLR (2002), Improving Urban Parks, Play Areas and Open Spaces

Improving Urban Parks, Play Areas and Open Spaces sets out the findings of the research carried out to inform the work of the Urban Green Spaces Task Force and was commissioned to fill gaps in existing information identified in the Urban White Paper and the 1999 report by the

House of Commons Environment, Transport and Regional Affairs Committee on Town and County Parks. The research was undertaken in 2001 by the Department of Landscape at the University of Sheffield.

The research sought to: provide reliable information about the different users of urban green space and how they use different types of green space;

determine the frequency and extent of use of urban green space and any variation by geographical location and different types of users;

provide a picture of the range and nature of activity and facilities offered;

investigate the expectations of users of urban green space;

develop a typology of open spaces;

quality of life;

examine the barriers to use of urban green space and identify key factors that would encourage greater use; September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 88 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

assess currently local authority approaches to the planning, provision, management and maintenance of urban green spaces and opportunities for improving standards;

identify and evaluate a range of innovative models for managing and maintaining urban green spaces; and

develop new approaches for the management and maintenance of urban green spaces that promote effective community involvement.

The research found that urban green spaces plays an important role in the quality of life of local people through both it’s existence and contribution to

the landscape and also as an important recreational facility. In addition, urban green spaces were shown to provide significant economic, social and community benefits and act as a catalyst for wider community initiatives.

The under representation of some groups of people among users of urban green spaces reflects the wider social exclusion of groups in society. Access for the disabled and the elderly, the different cultural needs of ethnic minority groups and the changing lifestyles and needs of children and young people may all contribute to low levels of use of urban green space.

Design was recognised as being a significant element in addressing barriers to use and the research noted that the design process should be seen as an ongoing process to problem solving that should be part of managing and solving problems in urban green space. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

The report noted a real change in local authorities to involving local people and community-based organisations in parks management and in the most effective services this was seen as a mainstream activity. However, it was September 2005

noted that partnership working between local authorities and other

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 89 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

organisations and agencies was less well developed in the United Kingdom than other countries.

In terms of a strategic approach the report also suggested that local authorities should adopt a holistic view of the overall green space resources, recognising the important contribution of all green space to the quality of life of local people. Effective tools to achieve this could include green space audits incorporating qualitative and quantitative information, green space typologies that drive policy, green structure plans and green space strategies. Again, the United Kingdom was deemed to place less emphasis on the strategic planning of green space than other parts of

Europe.

Allied to the lack of strategic approaches to green space planning was the fragmentation of responsibility for green space management which was shown to be a barrier to effective management and maintenance and community involvement. It was noted that the changing roles which would be required to accommodate more effective ways of working would also require new skills and a “new breed of green space professional”.

In conclusion, the report suggested that information on urban green space needs to be collected more effectively and that a common green space typology along with a typology of users of green space could contribute to more reliable and consistent data collection at a national and local level. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 90 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Comments

This is a comprehensive and significant publication based on research that clearly demonstrated the importance of parks to quality of life and the significant economic, social and community benefits of urban green spaces.

For the first time extensive research data was published about the different users of parks and urban green spaces and the barriers that face different groups of people in society. In addition, the publication identifies ways in which these barriers to use can be addressed for specific groups.

The report advocates a strategic approach to green space planning and

management and as such the Green Space Audit and Strategy for North Staffordshire is consistent with the approach suggested in this publication.

This publication also suggests that service delivery should not be fragmented and that there is a rational management structure and that there are clear lines of responsibilities for green space management and maintenance.

ODPM (2002), Green Spaces, Better Places, The Final Report of the Urban Green Spaces Taskforce

This document provides the most comprehensive review of the current state of urban green space undertaken at this level. This review is intended only to focus on its findings and recommendations with respect to strategic planning.

framework for urban parks and green spaces, seeing them as an essential tool to guide the work of different sections of local authorities and to ensure that their future is considered a the highest levels.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 91 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

“The Taskforce emphasises that the revival of urban parks and green spaces depends on creating the right policy framework and integrated strategies.”p8

Section 2: Issues and Challenges This section of the report sets out a clear message describing the decline of urban parks (see also review of Public Parks Assessment, Urban Parks Forum 2001) and also the lack of investment in recent years. Over the past 16 years local authority spending on urban parks has reduced from 43% of leisure expenditure to 32%.

In addition to the financial issue the report also cites the loss of status of parks services, loss of political support and leadership, weak policy frameworks and ineffective use of planning policies as some of the major causes of the decline. The latter two points are especially important to any local authority considering the production of a green space strategy.

“Policy frameworks have not evolved enough to respond to the major backlogs and problems of maintenance and up-keep of parks and green spaces”. p17

“Ineffective use of planning policies have added to problems by encouraging increases in the total amount of green spaces at a time when local authorities have struggled to manage and maintain existing stocks.” p17

Section 5: Supportive Information and Good Practice

parks and open spaces “even basic data is missing: how many there are, their total area, the uses they receive.” This lack of information in turn prevents adequate strategic planning, setting targets, measuring progress, September 2005

which is bad news when it comes to best value reviews.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 92 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

“Without sound evidence-based proposals, political leaders and policy makers will never understand, still less promote, the case for improving the quality of urban green space” p42

The report sets out the “urban open and green space typology”, intended as a tool in development and planning, based on land use (shown at figure 3.1 below). It is recognised that each land use may be classified further by ownership, type of management, type of recreational use or by access. For local authorities considering a parks and green spaces strategy it is probably the latter two points that will be of most importance. Many of the other categories of space will only be relevant to landscape strategies,

playing pitch strategies or urban design strategies but knowledge of all types of space in an area will allow the authority to properly consider issues of deprivation and provision in terms of quantity of green space e.g. allotments, private sports clubs and schools tend not to be publicly accessible but could be made so in the future to address deprivation in densely built up areas.

The typology needs to be ‘market tested’ to see how the categories can be applied. It will be extremely difficult to separate out provision for children and teenagers from ‘other incidental space’ or ‘housing green space’ since many play areas occur on very small pieces of green space in such locations or are a facility within a much larger site. Similarly there will be overlaps between churchyards and amenity green space or natural green space for closed burial grounds.

The report recommends that “the Government adopts this typology and

more consistent information about the amount and quality of urban green spaces.” p42

September 2005

Later the issue of quality is discussed in connection with standards of

provision and best value: Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 93 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

“Standards of provision and proximity of green space should take into account the need for improving accessibility and quality and diversity within green space networks. There should be published guidance on how to achieve this. It should include methodology for developing, promoting and monitoring quality standards linked to Best Value and other recognised benchmarks”.

More interestingly:

“The standards used to define the quality of green space should signal the levels of investment required to achieve and maintain them.” p45

Quality is a key theme running through other areas of the report and later sections refer to the Green Flag Award as a basis for a new methodology to measure quality of green space. In the interim many local authorities are using the award criteria both to assess the quality of their key sites and also as a framework to develop management plans and improve service delivery. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 94 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Table 2.4a: Typology from Green Spaces, Better Places

Sub-sets Typology suitable for More detailed of open planning purposes and classification for open space’ open space strategies space audits and academic research Urban Green Parks and gardens Urban parks Country Open spaces Parks Formal Gardens Spaces (including designed landscapes) Provision for children and Play areas (including teenagers LAPs, LEAPs and NEAPs) Skateboard parks

Outdoor basketball goals ‘Hanging out’ areas (including teenage shelters) Amenity green space (most Informal recreation commonly, but not space necessarily, in housing Housing green spaces areas) Domestic gardens Village greens Other incidental space Outdoor sports facilities Tennis courts (with natural or artificial Bowling greens surfaces) Sports pitches (including artificial surfaces) Golf Courses Athletics tracks School playing fields Other institutional J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 playing fields

Other outdoor sports areas Allotments, community Allotments gardens and urban farms Community gardens September 2005

City (urban) farms

Cemeteries and Churchyards churchyards Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 95 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Sub-sets Typology suitable for More detailed of open planning purposes and classification for open space’ open space strategies space audits and academic research churchyards Cemeteries Natural and semi-natural Woodland (coniferous, urban greenspaces deciduous, mixed) and including woodland or scrub urban forestry Grassland (e.g. downland, meadow) Heath or moor Wetlands (e.g. marsh, fen)

Open and running water Wastelands (including disturbed ground) Bare rock habitats (e.g. cliffs, quarries, pits) Green corridors River and canal banks Road and rail corridors Cycling routes within town and cities Pedestrian paths within towns and cities Rights of way and permissive paths Civic Civic spaces Sea fronts (including spaces promenade) Civic squares (including plazas) Market squares Pedestrian streets Other hard surfaced J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 pedestrian areas

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 96 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Section 6: Creating Green Space Networks

When considering the national picture, the report recognises the fact that parks and green spaces have not responded to the major changes in urban society since many of them were first created and that there is a need for a strategic rethink linked into developing new policy frameworks and networks of urban green spaces.

Also at a national level joined up government clearly does not exist with responsibility for urban green space running across many different departments all with varying degrees of input into policy or funding. There

is a clear need to address this in order to realise the potential green space has to contribute to agendas such as ‘Urban Renaissance’ and ‘liveability’.

At a more local level the report recognises the need for leadership within elected members to champion the cause of parks and for them to defend the services against repeated cuts. In addition to the need for leadership the report stresses the value of green space strategies and the fact that in the Public Park Assessment only 44% of 405 local authorities who responded had a parks and green space strategy.

The box below sets out some key issues when considering a green space strategy and moves away from previous guidance, which was solely focussed on quality and hectares of space per 1000 population. It is the last sentence, which is very important to local authorities with areas of high density housing i.e. that here the priorities should be accessibility and quality. Presumably this is due to the fact that, in such areas, there will J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

often be little or no opportunity for the creation of new green space through new development.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 97 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Box 14: Strategic objectives

Strategic priorities for planning, designing, managing and maintaining sustainable networks of urban green space should include ensuring provision is:

(a) High in quality

Building on the diversity and sustainability of the green space network and mix of types and sizes of spaces it provides and

Improving the presentation and appearance of the space – its design and

layout facilities and their condition and standard of care

(b) Accessible – to all those who may wish to use or visit them

(c) Quantity – there should be an adequate umber of green space, and individual sites should be large enough to accommodate their full potential use

In many densely developed urban areas the priorities should normally be accessibility and quality.

The need for green space strategies to have a high profile and for joined up strategies and policy making is made clear and that the Community Plan and the work of the local strategic partnerships should contain a clear message about green space.

The box below sets out what the Task Force considered to be the key J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 ingredients of successful parks and green space strategies.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 98 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Box 16: Core ingredients of successful parks and green space strategies

Vision and strategy for future action

Community and local stakeholder involvement and partnerships

Clear aims and measurable objectives, based on core principle sand values agreed with local stakeholders. Achievable action plans for delivering sustainable green space networks

Audits of what green space exists, where, their fitness for purpose, quality and condition, how they are used and their value to the local community

Locally-determined provision standards, coupled with guidelines for new green space design, management and maintenance

Proposals for monitoring, evaluation and review which seek actively to involve local communities and other stakeholders

Successful strategies are supported by:

Community consultation and involvement, events and activities and other policy initiatives

Good local facts and figures – results of surveys of users, and levels and patterns of use

Realistic assessment of the resources needed to implement the strategy

In advance of the publication of the revised PPG17 on Sport and Recreation the report contained some clear guidance on linking local September 2005

planning and green space strategies. It reinforced earlier comments

around the need for comprehensive audits of provision to identify specific needs of communities that are not being met and to provide the basis for Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 99 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

establishing locally derived standards. This work should also inform appropriate policies in the unitary development and local plans. The task force identified three components to this work:

Assessment of the make up of communities and whether their needs are being met;

Quantitative and qualitative audits of provision, including accessibility and opportunities for new provision; and

Locally derived standards to identify and address deficiency.

A key quote on the latter statement is:

“Locally determined standards should also be more defensible than inappropriately applied national standards”. (p51)

This is especially important when linked to the work of Nicol and Blake, which showed that the latter was definitely the case.

Enhancing and protecting existing green space

The move away from quantity of provision is reinforced here by stating that improving accessibility and quality of existing sites that are currently not fit for purpose should come before creating new spaces. The latter places an increasing strain on declining revenue budgets and is a major failing of the planning system in respect of urban green space. The report suggest that s106 monies should be targeted at improving and enhancing the quality of existing sites before considering any new provision. If this is combined with a comprehensive audit of provision it gives local planning authorities a sound case for requesting off site contributions to improve local parks and

Two other current policy reviews are referred to – namely the Government’s consultation “Reforming Planning Obligations” and the September 2005

revision of PPG17.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 100 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The use of s106 monies is known to be dealt with in very different ways across the country with some authorities having produced specific supplementary planning guidance derived from their local circumstances. Also current government thinking is to look to higher densities of development, which may in turn reduce the amount of on site provision available and that many sites will be too small for on site provision.

“There is considerable scope for making better use of commuted payments (or the propose development tariff) to promote sustainable maintenance of green spaces.” p53

There are a series of recommendations for the revision of PPG17, the

publication of which was delayed to take into account the findings of the task force; these are that it provides clear guidance on:

The importance of strategic green space planning;

Protecting urban green spaces from development;

Carrying out local assessments of need and audits of green space;

Using s106 to improve existing green space;

Developing local standards of provision and the targeting of new provision; and

Encouraging different types of provision.

Comments

“Green Spaces, Better Places” signalled the start of a renaissance for urban green space and provides some clear recommendations for central and local

comprehensive review of issues and some sound recommendations for every local authority to update or develop a green space strategy.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 101 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Living Places: Cleaner, Safer, Greener (2002)

This document sets out the government’s response to the Urban Greenspaces Task Force report Green Spaces Better Places, wrapped up in a wider report about the public realm and the government’s recognition of the role that this plays in creating sustainable, liveable towns and cities.

“Successful, thriving and prosperous communities are characterised by streets, parks and open spaces that are clean, safe attractive – areas that local people are proud of and want to spend their time (in).” p5

It is also the result of cross department working over six areas of government who have an involvement in or responsibility for the public realm.

In terms of the production of a parks strategy there are some interesting sections to note as follows.

“Over the next five years the Government will lead in developing an effective national framework for urban parks and green spaces. It will implement new planning policy that puts green spaces at the heart of our objectives for achieving a renaissance of towns and cities.” p39

As part of this new approach the government has created a new unit for green space called CABE Space under the Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment. In relation to parks and green J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 spaces, the Unit will:

i). Champion the vital role of urban parks and green spaces in improving

quality of life and delivering urban renaissance; September 2005 ii). Work closely with relevant government departments and agencies,

voluntary organisations and funding providers to improve co-ordination Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 102 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

and delivery of programmes and initiatives;

iii). Advocate the need for higher priority and resources for parks and green

spaces at national, regional and local levels, and provide advice on

funding issues;

iv). Strengthen existing and promote and stimulate new partnerships for

improving green spaces involving the voluntary and private sectors and local groups;

v). Promote and develop skills and training needs for delivering and

supporting improvements; and

vi). Carry out research and develop information, quality standards and good practice.

A number of early priorities shave been identified for the unit and these include:

launching an awareness raising campaign to promote the value and importance of quality parks and green spaces;

commissioning a research and information development series – to include work on funding needs for urban parks and green spaces and their economic and social benefits and opportunities;

launching a good-practice programme and develop networks for sharing information;

implementing and managing an enablers scheme; J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

working with key partners to develop quality standards and measurable targets;

September 2005

Key partners to work alongside CABE include GreenSpace (formerly the

Urban Parks Forum), Groundwork, Improvement and Development Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 103 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Agency and the Green Flag Award scheme. The latter is a significant move and shows that the government is clearly interested in how to benchmark quality of green space.

Comments

The report contains a clear indication that the government wants all local authorities to produce such documents and is establishing what it calls a strategic enablers scheme to address this issue. It also reinforces the message of PPG17 and its companion guide when referring to effective land use planning.

Beyond strategies there should be related service level agreements, quality standards and targets for local authority parks services. This will be ‘enforced’ through the Comprehensive Performance Assessments (CPA) for district authorities. It is intended that the new CABE unit will produce new indicators for parks as well as working with the Audit Commission on the CPA frameworks.

Strategic Planning

Council of Europe Recommendation No. R(86)11

The Council of Europe Recommendation No. R(86)11 of the Committee of Ministers to Member States on Urban Open Space contains the following statement which, whilst not policy clearly sets out the value of urban green

“Urban parks and green spaces are an essential part of the urban heritage and infrastructure, being a strong element in the architectural and September 2005

landscape character of towns and cities, providing a sense of place and

engendering civic pride. They are important for enabling social interaction Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 104 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

and fostering community development. Public green spaces help to conserve natural systems, including carbon, water and other natural cycles, within the urban environment, supporting ecosystems and providing the contrast of living elements in both designed landscapes and conserved wildlife habitats within our urban settlements. Parks and green spaces are supportive of social and economic objectives and activities. In particular the provision of public parks helps to reduce the inequalities, poor health and social exclusion in deprived areas and reduces the inherent tension between the many social and ethnic groups who form the wider community. Providing for the recreational and leisure needs of a community assists the economic revival of cities, increasing their

attractiveness as a place for business investment, to live, work and take our leisure”.

Comments

This statement sets out clearly the benefits of urban parks and green spaces and their potential contribution to social, cultural and economic regeneration as well as to the notion of sustainable cities, biodiversity and health. All of these issues are extremely relevant to current national agendas and this statement points the way to a more central role for urban green space in addressing many issues of urban society.

CABE Space, (2004) Green Space Strategies, A Good Practice Guide

CABE Space published this good practice guide to Green Space Strategies in 2004. The document is structured around the following sections; J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 What is a green space strategy?

Why prepare a green space strategy?

What is involved in preparing a green space strategy? September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 105 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Also covered are the issues of green space audit methodology and community involvement along with a bibliography and a list of key contacts.

Comments

The strategy includes a number of local authority case studies to illustrate key issues discussed within the good practice guide.

ODPM (2002) Planning Policy Guidance Note 17, Planning for Sport, Recreation and Open Space

Planning for Sport Recreation and Open Space was published in 2002 f ollowing the revision of the original Planning Policy Guidance Note 17.

Whilst the original PPG 17 was viewed as being useful in evaluation of the need for open space alongside other development issues, its critics pointed out its over reliance on quantitative approaches.

“at the expense of qualitative questions that reflect the distinctive character of different localities” (Comedia 1995).

Association (NPFA) and London Planning Advisory Committee (LPAC) methodologies to monitor provision of recreational provision. These will be considered later but it worth noting at this point that both approaches are criticised for their lack of qualitative measures and lack of factors for local September 2005

characteristics to be taken into account.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 106 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The original PPG 17 was written in 1991, before the Rio Summit, and therefore did not reflect concerns about sustainable development and liveable cities. It also takes no account of ecological value of open space or ‘land left to nature’ and its recreational benefits.

There have been criticisms for many years that there is no single PPG that deals with planning for parks, play areas and green spaces (Comedia 1995). As with other ‘green’ topics (landscape, trees and woodland) green space issues are referred to in a range of PPGs. The Park Life report (Comedia 1995) called for a PPG for urban parks.

“A PPG for parks and open space could… provide a framework for the protection, creation and disposal of open space, that recognises questions of quality, value and diversity, and sets urban parks within the wider context of creating liveable cities that put people’s needs first” Comedia (1995) p73.

The Revision of Planning Policy Guidance Note (PPG) 17 Sport, Open Space and Recreation Consultation Paper was published in March 2001 and subject to an enquiry in September 2001. Despite the inclusion of open space in the title its critics again cite that there was too much emphasis on sport and that it presented an unbalanced view, missing out the importance of urban green space in terms of ecology, landscape and heritage conservation (ILAM 2001).

“This guidance advises planning authorities to: J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

adopt a strategic approach and plan positively for the provision and enhancement of well-designed recreational and sporting facilities and open spaces;

September 2005 provide the strongest protection for open space that is, or that has

the potential to be, of value to the community; Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 107 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

resist development pressures which could diminish recreational provision;

ensure that sport and recreation facilities are easily accessible by a choice of modes of transport, and where appropriate, are centrally located; and

provide good quality open space and built recreation facilities as an integral part of new communities in order to make them attractive places to live.”

DTLR (2001)

PPG17, as would be expected from planning guidance, stresses the links between open space provision and local authority local or unitary development plans. Policies contained in the latter must be informed by a sound methodology of assessing the range of existing and future needs (for sport, recreation and open space), establishing quantity, quality and accessibility of existing provision which would be combined into a strategic approach and definition of local standards of provision.

Key points here for local authorities embarking on the production of a parks and / or open space strategy are the assessment of need and the development of local standards of provision through a process which takes into account quality as well as quantity of existing open space. As such it is clear that DTLR expect strategies to be far more than a simple facilities audit or to be based on hectares of open space per head of population, authorities need to think from first principles and take into account the guidelines of the best value regime. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Whilst there are no firm guidelines for undertaking qualitative audits / assessments of open space provision, DTLR has strongly backed the Green Flag Award as a benchmark. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 108 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

“They provide an incentive to raise standards and provide an essential quality benchmark against which park managers can measure the quality of their green spaces.” Sally Keeble MP (2001)

Adoption of some form of qualitative assessment would enable authorities to move away from what has been described as a ‘formulaic approach’ in that most local authority development plans contain references solely to quantitative assessments such as catchment areas, walking distances and physical amount of provision (Punter et al 1994).

Returning to the links between open space and planning, PPG 17 gives clear guidance on the inclusion of policies in local authority planning documents

“Local plans and Part II UDPs should develop clear policies for the provision, protection and enhancement of sport, open space and recreation. They should specify on their proposals maps and in the accompanying schedules, sites which are of a particular quality, function or value for recreation.”

DTLR (2001) para 10

Again this implies an understanding of quality and value within the authority producing the plan. There is also reference to the links between planning policy and other documents such as cultural or recreational strategies and the need to develop supplementary planning guidance from

The guidance also recognises the multiple functions of informal open space and encourages local authorities to recognise this. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 109 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

“In planning for adequate provision of informal open space, local planning authorities should recognise that most open space, with good planning and management, can perform multiple functions. Amongst the most important of these are:

strategic functions: defining and separating urban areas; better linking of town and country; and providing for recreational needs over a wide area;

urban quality: helping to support regeneration – and more generally urban renaissance – and improving quality of life for communities by

providing plentiful and visually attractive green spaces close to where people live;

promoting health and well-being: providing opportunities to people of all ages for informal recreation, or to walk, cycle or ride within parks and open spaces or along rights of way such as paths, bridleways and canal banks. Allotments may provide physical exercise and other health benefits;

as havens and habitats for flora and fauna: sites may also have potential to be corridors or stepping stones from one habitat to another and may contribute towards achieving objectives set out in local biodiversity action plans;

as a community resource: as a place for congregating, for holding community events or periodic activities such as fêtes and travelling fairs; and

as a visual amenity: even without public access, people enjoy having open space near to them to provide an outlook, variety in the urban

(2001) para 15

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 110 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Comments

PPG 17 suggests that local planning authorities should provide significant protection for open space by adopting a strategic approach to the planning and delivery of these assets.

The publications stresses the importance of quality, quantity and accessibility of open space and suggests that planning authorities develop their own local standards of provision.

Along with the Companion Guide which accompanies PPG17 this is a key document in developing an Green Space Audit and Strategy for North Staffordshire.

ODPM, (2002) Assessing Needs and Opportunities: A Companion Guide to PPG17

‘Assessing Needs and Opportunities – A Companion Guide to PPG17’, was published by the Office of the Deputy Prime Minister (ODPM) in September 2002. This document reflects the Government’s policy objectives for open space, sport and recreation, as set out in PPG17.

The guide seeks to build examples of existing good planning practice, sets out how local authorities can use the planning system to help deliver accessible, high quality and sustainable open spaces which meet local needs and are valued by local communities.

The Guidance stresses the fact that the delivery of a network of high quality open spaces depends on creative urban and landscape design, effective management, as well as good planning. In addition,

the key to delivering the aims of PPG17.

The value of open space is considered to depend on two key aspects:

September 2005 the extent to which it meets the identified needs of the local

community; Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 111 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

the wider benefits for people, wildlife, biodiversity and the wider environment.

Five key attributes underpin all open space and recreational facilities, as set out in the Guidance:

Quality – the guidance points out that quality relates to fitness for purpose and this requires clarity as to what the purpose is;

Multi functional – many open spaces are used for a variety of activities and thus the guidance suggests that this can cause problems when undertaking audits;

Primary purpose – to avoid confusion caused “multi-function”, it is suggested that each open space is identified once in an audit and its primary function recorded; and

Quantity – usually measured as amount of provision; although the guidance advices that it may be possible to address a deficiency in open space provision by improving the quality or specification of existing facilities.

The Guidance advises that accessibility and quantity are delivered and protected by planning, with quality, multi-functionality and primary purpose delivered through good design. However, all five attributes are sustained by good management and maintenance. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Comments

The guidance provides detailed information about methodologies fro undertaking each of the stages of a green space audit and strategy and is a key document in developing a Green Space Audit and Strategy for North September 2005

Staffordshire.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 112 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

English Nature, (1995) Accessible Natural Greenspace In Towns And Cities. A Review Of Appropriate Size And Distance Criteria

English Nature’s published guidance for strategic open space planning with regard to natural and semi-natural green space in 1995. English Nature suggests that accessible natural green spaces have an important role to play in improving quality of life in urban areas. The 1995 report reviewed the available scientific literature and concluded that natural green space in urban areas should be governed by a hierarchy of size and distance criteria.

English Nature subsequently adopted the Accessible Natural Greenspace Standards (ANGSt) model and published “A Space for Nature” to promote them.

The ANGSt model set the following standards: No person should live more than 300m from their nearest area of natural green space of at least 2 ha in size;

Provision of at least 2 ha of local nature reserve per 1000 population;

There should be at least an accessible 20 ha site within 2 km from home;

There should be an accessible 100 ha site within 5 km; and

There should be an accessible 500 ha site within 10 km.

The Accessible Natural Green Space model developed by English Nature provides suggested standards for the quantity of provision of natural green space in urban areas in order to provide a balance of different types of September 2005

provision.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 113 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

WS Atkins / London Planning Advisory Committee (2000), Assessing Demand for Open Space in London

This document seeks to review the existing approaches to assessing demand for open space and to establish an appropriate basis for assessing the requirement for open space in the future.

The research concentrated on green open space in London which is currently used for recreation and amenity purposes, which is primarily in public ownership and freely accessible. It highlights the uneven distribution of open spaces between London Boroughs, the importance of

cross boundary provision and how standards have traditionally been used to protect these resources from development but also to encourage more open space to be provided in areas where there is a deficiency.

In considering the current policy context it was noted that the original PPG 17 requires local planning authorities to develop their own standards for provision, to identify areas of deficiency and protect open space with recreational or amenity value. However, the research indicated that London Boroughs typically relied on the LPAC hierarchy of open space and other established national standards, such as the NPFA 6 Acre Standard, rather than drawing up locally based standards.

The report identifies that the factors which determine the requirement for open space are complex and dynamic. Open space and leisure facility planning is not simply a function of identifying and responding to current expressed demand but that demand for open space is also a function of

standards are not effective in this respect and are not responsive to changing demographic and socio-economic patterns, changing lifestyles, patterns of mobility and leisure participation. It was also found that September 2005

different user groups associated with different aspects of open space

within London had different and conflicting views regarding the connectivity of open spaces. Environmentalists, walkers and cyclists were Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 114 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

typically interested in the flow within and between open spaces which was often in opposition to the views of local community based organisations who wished to preserve and maintain open spaces and parks as self contained ‘islands’.

The publication reviewed the current approaches to assessing demand for open spaces and considered alternative approaches based on social- economic and cultural trends. It was found that approaches which combine demand with travel distance have tended to replace planning methods based on simple per capita standards. It was also noted that while the LPAC (or equivalent) hierarchy of open space was a common

method of planning open space provision in London and reflects the way people use open space in relation to distance it does not accurately reflect other factors that affect demand such as the quality of open space, population structure, the needs of different groups and accessibility factors.

The report concludes that the use of quantitative standards should be included as one element of an ongoing programme to enhance the quality and use of open space for different types of activity, which can be modified in relation to changing patterns and needs. The way forward which is advocated in this report is a broad management framework for open space where greater emphasis is placed on issues of quality rather than quantity of provision.

Any assessment of demand for open space should be based on an

authorities should undertake an assessment of current usage and non-use as the basis for any open space strategy. This should be used as a basis for forecasting demand with reference to need, changing populations and aspirations associated with open space. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 115 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Comments

While this publication and the research which supports this document is focused on London Boroughs the findings are also relevant to the development of the Green Space Audit and Strategy for North Staffordshire.

Current patterns of usage should be identified along with an identification of the non-users and any barriers to participation. Information about travel time and distance through consultation should be used to inform the Green Space Audit along with the findings relating to the quality of provision.

Llewellyn-Davies Planning / London Planning Advisory Committee (1992) Open Space Planning in London

One of the most quoted publications regarding classification of open space and creation of hierarchies is the Open Space Planning in London report (LPAC 1992). This represented the second revision of the open space hierarchy originally included in the Greater London Development Plan of 1976.

As with other quantitative approaches critics have pointed out the omission of qualitative criteria in determining such a hierarchy. Issues of character, quality and value are not taken into account, if they are then a different picture is painted. Also the LPAC system defined its own typology of forms of open space that others have sought to refine see typology section below.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 116 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Comments

The GDLP / LPAC system was noted for its consideration of accessibility issues by considering the severance effects of major roads and transportation corridors and not using straight line walking distances to calculate catchment.

This and later guidance is important in determining accessibility and hierarchies of green space in North Staffordshire.

National Playing Fields (2001), The Six Acre Standard

In 2001 the National Playing Fields Association (NPFA) published its revised revision of its 6-Acre Standard, a quantitative methodology which only looks at outdoor play space not all open space provision.

“outdoor playing space is not the same as public open space;

... it is a significant component”

NPFA (2001)

The standard is designed for both existing provision and to guide the scale of provision in new development. It is very much targeted at outdoor play, games, sport and other physical recreation and aims to be flexible enough to be applied when assessing playing pitch requirements, preparing a recreation strategy, designing new developments or producing policies for a development plan.

There is a danger however that it’s interpretation is taken too literally or J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 expanded into areas it was not designed for.

“it may be used as a crutch by planners, who may come to depend

on it and avoid rigorous thinking from first principles” September 2005 NPFA (2001)

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 117 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Comments

The Six Acre Standard is a quantitative standard of provision for formal recreation provision, although the publication does include reference to the quality of provision.

Kit Campbell, (2001) Rethinking Open Space

Contemporary with the Urban Parks Forum Public Parks Assessment was the publication of Rethinking Open Space - Open space provision and management: A way forward (Campbell 2001). Campbell’s work sets out a

frightening overall conclusion.

“The overall conclusion from this study is quite simple- the way in

which most Scottish local authorities approach the planning of open

space is fundamentally flawed”

Campbell, K (2001)

Campbell refers again to the over-reliance on simple quantitative standards to the expense of issues of quality. Where qualitative methods are used they are applied authority wide with a lack consideration of local distinctiveness and neighbourhood. Also Campbell refers to the lack of ability of authorities to break down inter departmental boundaries and to produce complimentary and inter linked strategies based on community values, needs and expectations.

What Campbell’s work also brings out is the need to consider different types of open space (see also DTLR 2001b) and the need for a standardised typology to give guidance on this issue. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 118 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Whilst Campbell supports the need for open space strategies he points out the fact that such documents are only of any value when they are implemented on the ground through effective management and maintenance coupled with support from the community.

Strategy preparation must: seek to involve local people at appropriate points in the process;

take account of other relevant pre-existing plans and strategies;

involve a wide range of agencies in the public, private and voluntary sectors;

result in a useful corporate database;

be based on facts and data on open space;

include clear and realistic objectives; and

be designed to deliver agreed outcomes.

Campbell (2001) J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 119 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Comments

This publication argues that quantitative standards of open space provision have taken precedence over the quality of provision. It is also recommended that different types of open space are considered within a standardised open space typology.

Where green space strategies are developed Campbell suggests that these documents should be produced with the involvement of the local community and delivered a through an effective management regime. It is suggested that preparation of green space strategies should include a number of key elements if they are to be effective.

This document provides some useful pointers about the process of developing a green space strategy and the development of local standards and as such is a good reference for the North Staffordshire Green Space Audit and Strategy.

Sport England (2001), Good Practice Guide, Providing For Sport And Recreation Through New Housing Development

This guide is aimed at planners, sports development and leisure officers, developers and others involved in the housing development process and replaces advice in Planning Obligations for Sport and Recreation – A guide for Negotiation and Action published in 1993 by the Sports Council.

It gives advice on how sport and recreation provision can successfully be J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

achieved in conjunction with new housing and covers the following issues:

pursuing a strategic approach at local authority level; September 2005 the need to link the corporate strategy and Best Value work of authorities with the process of negotiating new and refurbished sports facilities; Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 120 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

joint working between sport and leisure professionals and land use planners within authorities; and

the provision of good quality local justification for what is sought from developers and other applicants for planning permission.

The guidance suggests that providing for sport and recreation through new housing development is a six stage process. Each of the stages is outlined below:

1 development of a clear local sports strategy, complemented by a regularly updated sports action plan detailing facility and management needs;

2 preparation of locally-justified assessments of facility and management costs, and systems to ensure fair and equitable developer contributions;

3 the approval of appropriate policies in development plans, and the use of supplementary planning guidance to give details of how contribution schemes operate;

4 the use of a team approach at local authority level in the negotiation process;

5 the use of a template (checklist) against which the content of planning obligations can be assessed; and

6 development of accountable and transparent procedures for negotiating planning obligations incorporating, at the same time, effective monitoring and review.

notably in its Best Value tool kit for sports which includes;

Planning Policies For Sport (1999);

Planning Across Boundaries (1999); and September 2005

Guidance On Modernising Community Sports Facilities (2000) Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 121 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

In addition, the guide provides references to other useful reference publications and details of some of the other funding bodies who may contribute to the delivery of sports facilities.

Comments

This is a useful reference document in considering how sport and recreation provision can be provided through developers as part of the planning process. It is of relevance in considering how any new facilities identified through the development of the Green Space Audit and Strategy for North Staffordshire could be delivered.

Community Involvement

CABE Space, (2004) Involving Young People in the Design and Care of Urban Spaces

This guide is aimed at a wide variety of people involved in improving or designing public space including landscape architects, regeneration agencies and young people. Through the use of sixteen case studies it explores the creative and constructive ways to involve children and young people in public space and sets out some of the key issues that projects may face. The publication is laid out using a variety of images showing young people’s involvement in each of the case studies followed. Alongside which are stated a number of key points related to each individual case study providing a guide for use by other similar projects.

that children and young people are both willing and able to get involved in the design and development of public space. CABE Space believe that all children and young people should be valued as important members of September 2005

their community and they need to be supported and encouraged to take on

a more powerful and responsible role.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 122 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Comments

This document emphasises that children and young people are legitimate users of green space and have an important role to play in the management and regeneration process. Participation in green space improvement projects can develop young people’s skills and encourage their participation in their local area.

Worpole, K. (2004) No Particular Place to Go? Children, Young People and Public Space

This document seeks to provide an overview of the initiatives relating to

children’s and young people’s needs and the use of public space. It considers the wider regeneration context and issues currently affecting young people, looks at examples of good practice in Europe and how young people are involved in improving public spaces. Finally the document provides ten guiding principles for public space strategies.

Comments

This document provides a comprehensive review of the issues and young people’s initiatives with regard to green spaces. The report advocates the meaningful engagement of children and young people in improving their local environment and the wider public realm and the case studies provide some informative examples of this process.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 123 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

2.5 Review of relevant strategies and programmes The following documents relevant to the study area will be reviewed:

Sub-regional policy Greening For Growth: A Strategy for Urban North Staffordshire, September 2003

Greening For Growth: A Landscape Framework for The North Staffordshire Regeneration Zone, September 2003

Stoke-on-Trent

Natural Heritage Strategy for Stoke-on-Trent, October 2001

A Strategic Vision for Parks and Green Space, January 2003

Prioritising Play Area Provision, September 2004

The Future of Allotments in Stoke-on-Trent, November 2004

Newcastle-under-Lyme Newcastle-under-Lyme Policy for Unsupervised Children’s Playgrounds

Newcastle-under-Lyme Parks and Green Space Strategic Plan, June 2003

Sub-regional policy Greening For Growth: A Strategy for Urban North Staffordshire,

The Greening For Growth Strategy is based on an initiative led by Stoke- on-Trent City Council and supported by Newcastle Borough Council and Staffordshire County Council. The Strategy is based on a “Vision for September 2005

Urban North Staffordshire” which has been agreed with stakeholders and

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 124 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

confirms that the partners involved in Greening For Growth want to establish:

“a landscape to be proud of, where major transport routes and new development are framed by interesting, high quality landscapes and a wider fabric where woods, water and wildlife are part and parcel of urban life in North Staffordshire;

a series of well used and maintained landmark parks which offer real choice across the conurbation in recreational provision and attract residents to live nearby; and

a conurbation wide network of safe, attractive off-road routes for

pedestrians and cyclist along canals, rivers and disused railways linking green spaces with homes and places of work.”

The primary purpose of the Greening For Growth Strategy is to identify a series of ‘green actions’, which can be taken to support regeneration across the sub-region. The abstract contained within the strategy also notes that it:

“identifies the reasons why ‘greening’ has an important role to play in achieving regeneration objectives;

outlines the policy context upon which the strategy is based;

identifies the main strategic themes or strands that are embraced by the term ‘greening;’

explains how the Greening For Growth Strategy will be taken forward and provides a timetable for implementation; and

provides a framework against which the possible future projects can

From initial analysis, the strategy established three themes:

September 2005 green routes;

landscape change; and Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 125 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

parks and green spaces.

In addition, it defines two key priorities, namely the City Centre and the A500 corridor.

The strategy recognises that effective improvements will only be possible through the prioritisation of ‘green actions’ and suggests that implementation commences with the early development of two major parks i.e. Central Forest Park and Hanley Park. In the longer term, the strategy suggests a “radical improvement and diversification of several parks to

create major visitor attractions” together with the establishment of an accessible network of green routes and the improvement of woodland cover based on appropriate planting mixes and management techniques.

The strategy also identifies a list of strategic parks as a way of prioritising the renewal process. These strategic parks are:

Hanley Park

Central Forest Park

Lyme Valley Parkway

Westport Lake

Apedale Park

Burslem Park

Bathpool Park

Longton Park J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Tunstall Park

Fenton Park

Bucknall Park September 2005

Brampton Park

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 126 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The strategy concludes with an emphasis on effective maintenance of green spaces once improvement has taken place.

Greening For Growth: A Landscape Framework for The North Staffordshire Regeneration Zone, September 2003

This landscape framework continues the Greening For Growth initiative by applying the strategies principles in more detail. The key objectives of the document are to:

identify actions that will underpin commitment to the investment potential and vibrancy of the North Staffordshire Regeneration Zone

through enhancement of the landscape;

improve the quality of the environment as a whole;

help to safeguard and enhance a ‘green’ urban environment that is distinctive and appropriate to North Staffordshire; and

raise community aspirations, and foster community pride.

The framework focuses particularly on the image of the area when viewed from road, rail and canal corridors, suggesting that this is one of generally poor quality and decline. In response, the framework identifies a set of principles that may help to improve this image. Broadly, these can be summarised as:

create a sense of place and develop local distinctiveness;

maximise the potential of existing landscape assets whilst creating new ones;

emphasise the need for quality in open space design, choice of materials and maintenance.

The document then lists a series of ‘greening actions’ Greening For September 2005 Growth: A Landscape Framework for The North Staffordshire

Regeneration Zone, September 2003, such as the definition of green Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 127 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

themes and the prioritisation of high quality maintenance regimes adjacent to transport corridors.

Stoke-on-Trent Natural Heritage Strategy for Stoke-on-Trent, October 2001

This document has been drawn up by the Natural Heritage Strategy Working Group, formed by a partnership between Stoke-on-Trent City Council, Staffordshire Wildlife Trust and the British Trust for Conservation Volunteers (BTCV). The strategy document outlines the local and county- wide policy and strategic context for nature conservation and biodiversity.

In addition, the document summarises local landscape character and lists those sites in the City which are subject to the statutory designation of Site of Scientific Special Interest, namely Ford Green Reedbed and Hulme Quarry as well as those that are subject to the local non-statutory designation of ‘Natural Heritage Site.’ There are twenty-two sites listed in this latter category.

The document also refers to the work of Stoke-on-Trent City Council towards the production of a green space strategy “with the aim of providing: ‘a green space resource within the City, valued and used by the local community as a recreational, ecological, historical, cultural, amenity, landscape, economic and educational resource and that enhances the City’s image as an attractive place to live, work and invest in” and the role of the Natural Heritage Strategy in delivering this.

Section two describes the natural heritage resource across the City in

in the City’s habitats, cataloguing its transformation from a “wild, barren moorland” through the rapid urbanisation following the Industrial Revolution. This background then forms the basis for a number of September 2005

proposals for action, outlined in Section Four. These include the following

proposal categories with associated detailed targets:

“Action For Water Voles:” improving habitats for water voles; Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 128 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

“Bases For Bats:” raising awareness and improving roosts;

“On The Rocks:” improving interpretation of local geology;

“Purple Haze:” creating new areas of heathland;

“Ponds In The Potteries:” compiling an inventory of existing City Ponds and creating new ones;

“Wildlife Corridors:” establishing a primary wildlife corridor along the River Trent;

“Nature On The Doorstep:” raising awareness of garden wildlife;

“Natural Heritage Health Check:” improving monitoring of wildlife and

individual species;

“Weighing In For Woodlands:” improving management of existing woodlands and creating new ones; and

“Marshland Mayhem:” improving management of wet grassland habitats and creating new ones;

These targets, together with those identified in the Staffordshire Biodiversity Action Plan provide a useful starting point for the future development of green space benchmarks and performance indicators in the green space strategy.

A Strategic Vision for Parks and Green Space, January 2003

This report sets the scene for the ‘greening actions’ identified in the subsequent Greening for Growth strategy and framework in the wake of revisions to national open space policy and intends to raise Council awareness of the urgency to adopt a co-ordinated approach to the

condition of many of the City’s parks and open spaces and refers to the Urban Green Space Task Force document “Green Spaces, Better Places” published in May 2002 as well as the subsequent revisions to PPG17.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 129 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Based on this national policy context, the report sets out a requirement for a “detailed and comprehensive assessment of open space provision” and in particular, a green space strategy for Stoke-on-Trent, containing:

A statement of the vision and principles guiding future action;

Clear aims and measurable objectives;

An audit of existing green spaces carried out in accordance with national planning guidance;

Locally determined green space provision standards;

Identification of strategically important green spaces and networks;

Identification of priorities; and

A mechanism for monitoring progress.

To facilitate this process, a vision and set of principles has been included in the report to drive and guide strategic thinking. The vision statement is set out as follows:

“Our aim is to sustain and manage Stoke-on-Trent’s green space resource so that it becomes a source of civic pride, involves and serves all sectors of society, play a key role in the regeneration of the City, and contributes in a major way to the ecological and environmental health of the City.”

In support of this vision, the report presents the following principles:

Acknowledge and promote the importance of green space to Stoke- on-Trent;

Develop long term plans for major parks;

Improve resources available to green space and ring fence new J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 investment;

Go green: ensure that management of public green space is an emblem of environmental good practice;

September 2005 Manage the resource with the accent on quality not quantity;

Prioritise for the needs of the 21st century and provide choice; Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 130 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Encourage new forms of local partnering; and

Develop a series of themed parks as sub-regional attractions.

This vision and associated principles clearly informs the subsequent Greening for Growth documents as well as the commission brief for this green space audit and strategy.

Prioritising Play Area Provision, September 2004

This report from the Director of Education and Lifelong Learning to the Education Scrutiny Commission identifies the issues associated with play area provision in Stoke-on-Trent. The report recognises the role of play

areas to the Council’s landscape, cultural, housing, sport and recreation and neighbourhood renewal strategies. However, it raises a key point that effective expenditure to carry out necessary improvement requires prioritisation of funding. To assist with this prioritisation, the report suggests the following to be primary criteria:

Sufficiencies in ‘natural neighbourhoods’;

Levels of play deprivation; and

Size of child population.

In addition, the paper proposes further variables that may also be used as criteria:

Play areas be prioritised in favour of the communities that express a desire to have provision in their locality;

Play area provision be prioritised towards these communities where

adds value to other initiatives;

Play areas be provided where suitable capital and revenue resources are available; and September 2005 Priority be given to increase the play value of existing play areas

where they are well-located. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 131 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The Future of Allotments in Stoke-on-Trent, November 2004

This review paper takes a general overview of the current situation regarding the provision of allotment services in Stoke-on-Trent and makes proposals for their future development. The paper draws attention to the ageing nature of the allotment stock and its current underuse, both of which are contributing to an increasing cost burden to the Council.

The paper suggests the following improvements to deal with these issues:

Concentrate more on the strategic development of the service;

Encourage further self-management of allotment sites;

Diversify the use of allotments and range of tenants therein;

Prepare an annual works schedule to be distributed to all allotment site secretaries detailing planned maintenance operations within allotment sites during 2005/2006;

Discuss the accuracy of existing grounds maintenance and waste operations with the North Staffordshire Allotments Federation and identify potential changes, costs and options; and

Investigate the potential of rationalising the City’s allotment stock to produce a smaller number of sites with happier tenants therein.

The execution of this latter action will be facilitated by the completion of the green space audit and strategy.

Newcastle-under-Lyme J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 Newcastle-under-Lyme Policy for Unsupervised Children’s Playgrounds

This policy document is based on the following six policies adopted by the Council in 1995:

September 2005 1 To maximise the health and safety of local people living in the district

using land and outdoor facilities within the Council’s ownership, responsibility or control. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 132 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

2 To provide interesting and accessible equipped children’s playgrounds. Ensuring all new residential developments have their full complement of requirements from the outset and wherever possible also contribute to any shortfalls of provision at adjacent existing residential developments.

3 To provide guidance, information, and educational services to: a) local people, b) Parents and other custodians of children, c) Individuals and organisations owning or responsible for land and outdoor facilities at which it is reasonable to assume children will play, whether or not intended for that purpose.

4 When ever there are financial constraints due to other competing

responsibilities, the Council will ensure safety first, consider the provision of new and improved opportunities second and the provision of information and advice third.

5 To encourage the local community to take ownership of their playgrounds through their management and maintenance, ant the acquisition of external funding for development.

6 To engage in consultation with local communities and all other relevant bodies on the siting, and nature of all future playground developments.

In terms of the quantity of provision of play areas, the Council has a bridging standard with the National Playing Fields recommended “six acre target”, which recognises that it is unlikely to achieve the target.

The proximity of play provision is based upon the following recognised J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

categories: LAPs (Local Areas For Play): A small area of unsupervised open space specifically designated for young children for play activities close to where they live. September 2005

LEAPs (Local Equipped Areas For Play): An unsupervised play area equipped for children of early school age. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 133 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

NEAPs (Neighbourhood Equipped Areas for Play): An unsupervised site servicing a substantial residential area, equipped mainly for older children but with opportunities for play for younger children.

The Borough Council also apply a ‘bridging standard’ which aims to provide:

“A safe outdoor play facility within 15 minutes walk of every residential home in the urban parts of the borough with priority given to those areas classified as ‘socially deprived.’”

The policy document then identifies detailed design and management recommendations and standards for the delivery of specific elements e.g. fencing, play equipment and litter bin provision.

Section nine of the document notes that a Leisure Audit, carried out in 1995, included an assessment of play area provision. This found that, based on the detailed standards, there was significant scope for improvement. On this basis, a programme of works was identified, recommending suspension, closure or improvement to each playground.

Newcastle-under-Lyme Parks and Green Space Strategic Plan, June 2003

This plan from Newcastle-under-Lyme Borough Council’s Assets and Amenity Services identifies the value of parks and open spaces and the need to think strategically about their improvement and development.

The plan calls for a comprehensive policy framework and the need to link J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 this with corresponding community frameworks to ensure perceived and

actual safety in the public realm. To this end, the framework would require effective community involvement.

September 2005

As a starting point, the plan sets out a vision for the Borough’s open spaces: Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 134 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

“To provide an exciting range of safe, well-used, high quality parks and green spaces that actively improve the quality of life for all citizens of Newcastle-under-Lyme.”

The delivery of this vision is then underpinned by ten core strategic objectives covering the following subject areas:

The Council’s stewardship role;

Protection and preservation of history and heritage;

Recognition of parks and green spaces as community assets;

A commitment to securing resources and investing in parks and green spaces;

The support and promotion of fully inclusive access to parks and open spaces;

The right to safety;

Promotion of parks and green spaces for use as an educational and cultural resource;

Provision of play, sport and recreation facilities;

Management of ‘living spaces’ using sustainable management and maintenance methods; and

Pursue delivery of quality using recognised open space standards.

It is intended that these objectives will inform detailed policies, particularly those relating to play, allotments and trees and woodlands. These policies, in turn, will be used to inform the management plans for individual parks as well as specific, relevant policies. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Summary

In comparison, the policies, visions, aims and objectives of the two

September 2005 authorities relating to green space, show no significant areas of

divergence. However, the comparison reveals a slight difference in the focus in their broad approach. In their policy and strategy documentation, Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 135 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

both authorities recognise the value of their green spaces and the contribution that they can make to social, economic and physical renewal of the conurbation. In addition, both authorities are keen to raise the awareness of this value and to attract and prioritise financial capital so that the improvement of the green spaces can be progressed with the necessary urgency. However, Stoke-on-Trent City Council has adopted a more strategic approach to improvements to green space on a sub- regional scale, with moderate emphasis on improving legibility and conserving and enhancing natural heritage assets. Meanwhile, Newcastle-under-Lyme Borough Council adopt an approach that concentrates primarily on mechanisms for the delivery of detailed

improvements to individual parks and open spaces.

As part of the production of the green space strategy, it will be useful to combine the two complementary approaches and to unify them with an Action Plan which responds to a mutual vision and furthers the objectives of both authorities.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 136 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

3 METHODOLOGY J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 137 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

3.1 Neighbourhood survey

A questionnaire survey was designed in association with the partner organisations and this was distributed to a random sample in both Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stoke City within the study area. For Newcastle the sample was randomly drawn across the urban area of the borough and for Stoke 250 households per ward were selected at random.

In total 8800 surveys were sent out, 5000 to Stoke and 3800 to Newcastle.

Stoke had a total of 756 returns giving a 15.1% return rate

Newcastle had a total of 730 returns giving a 19.2% return rate

Analysis of the results is included in the Household Survey Consultation Report, which is included in Appendix N.

3.2 Assessment methodology

This section of the report details how the green spaces were selected for assessment and the methods used to collect the quality data.

Site Identification

To assess the supply of green space, the first stage was to gain an understanding of existing green space information. Geographic Information Systems (GIS) data obtained from both Stoke-on-Trent City Council and Newcastle-under-Lyme Borough Councils were used to identify the location and extent of each green space requiring assessment. More than 900 individual sites, ranging from under 1ha to over 162ha in

of the sites are concentrated in and around the principal urban centres.

The sites identified were then used as a basis for the quality audit process. September 2005 The data was refined during the audit process which included refining site boundaries, merging or separating sites and identifying new sites where necessary. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 138 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

All green spaces included in the assessment are mapped in Figure 5.2 (Landscape Typology and Access Map) and listed in Appendix A.

Audit Process

Each green space was assessed using two audit teams of two people. The auditors, all assistants to Scott Wilson’s landscape team, have either carried out this type of work on previous commissions or have undertaken intensive in-house training. In order to ensure consistency, the first two

days of auditing were jointly undertaken by both teams. The audit represents a snapshot in time with auditing undertaken between March and April 2005.

In order to gather as much relevant information as possible, the sites were divided into two categories, ‘Full’, sites to be fully audited in order to calculate a quality score and ‘Part’, those requiring partial audits, collecting green space attribute information only. Therefore during the quality audit process, all sites were assigned the following information in order to define the attributes of the green space:

Typology

Access

Hierarchy

Primary and Secondary Purpose

Figure 5.20 shows the location of full and part audited sites. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 139 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Typology

Each green space was assigned a typology, as recommended by the Urban Green Spaces Taskforce and referred to in PPG17. The typology reflects the primary purpose of the green space, although it is recognised that in many cases, sites are multi-functional. The typology list used for the purpose of the audit is shown in Table 3.2a below, based on the definitions in ‘Assessing Needs and Opportunities – A Companion Guide to PPG17’ and refined to reflect local conditions. A definition of each typology can be found in Appendix B, Typology Definitions.

PPG 17 Companion Guide Typology SoTCC & NuLBC Local Typology

Parks and gardens Parks

Gardens

Natural and semi-natural green spaces Semi-Natural

Green Corridors

Outdoor sports facilities Outdoor Sports

Amenity green spaces Amenity Space

Institutional

Operational/Vacant/Derelict

Agricultural

Industrial Heritage Space

Allotments, community gardens and urban farms Allotments

Churchyards and cemeteries Churchyard/Cemetery

Table 3.2a: Green Space Typology Criteria September 2005

Previous experience has revealed that it is important to define a local typology, as different types of site occurring in particular areas have the Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 140 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

potential to contribute to an area’s green space provision. For example, Industrial Heritage Space has particular significance in urban North Staffordshire.

Access

Each green space was assigned an Access category, based on the opportunity for members of the public to visit or enter the green space. Table 3.2b below shows the definition of the terms assigned to each site, and Figure 5.3 maps all green space by Access category.

Unrestricted Sites are available to everyone at all times. Some sites may have restrictions between dusk and dawn.

Examples: Parks, Churchyards, Amenity Space

Limited Sites may be publicly or privately owned but access may require an appointment or prior arrangement.

Examples: Private Sports Grounds, Schools, Allotments

Restricted Sites are out of bounds to the general public, although may be accessible to small groups of people.

Examples: Construction Sites, Operational Sites

Table 3.2b: Green Space Access Criteria

Hierarchy J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 Each green space was assigned a hierarchy based on perceived size and

characteristics. This allows the most appropriate catchment area to be established for selected sites, providing a consistent approach in identifying areas of deficiency in provision. A definition of each green September 2005 space category is shown in Table 3.2c below.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 141 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Green Space Category Characteristics

Local Sites with limited/no facilities, ranging from areas of amenity grassland to small local parks and play-areas. These sites are likely to attract local residents only.

Neighbourhood Sites providing some facilities and a greater diversity of landscape features. May include sites with a specialist function, such as sports grounds and allotments. These sites are likely to attract people from a neighbourhood area.

District Sites providing for a wide range of activities, including outdoor

sports facilities and playing fields, children’s play and informal recreational pursuits. Will also include a diverse landscape setting with a variety of natural features. Should provide some car parking. These sites are likely to attract people from across the urban area.

Sub-regional Large areas or corridors of semi-natural or parkland which contribute to the informal recreation and some non-intensive active recreation uses such as Country Parks. Car parking provided at key locations. These sites are likely to attract people from beyond the urban area.

Table 3.2c: Green Space Hierarchy Criteria

Purpose

Each green space was assigned a Primary and Secondary Purpose. This was deemed necessary in order to address the limitations of assigning only a Typology, which does not fully define the role and function of a J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

green space. It addresses the ‘multi-function’ aspect of many green spaces, as discussed in PPG17 and ‘Assessing Needs and Opportunities – A Companion Guide to PPG17’. Where a secondary function was not apparent, the primary purpose was stated in both instances. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 142 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Four key functions were identified, Table 3.2d describes the definition of these terms.

Purpose Definition

Informal recreation A green space used predominantly for informal uses, such as walking and peace and quiet.

Formal recreation A green space used predominantly for formal uses, such as organised sport and equipped play.

Biodiversity A green space used predominantly to encourage biodiversity,

such as woodlands and meadow grassland.

Landscape and Visual Amenity A green space used predominantly for its landscape and amenity value, such as amenity space and tree avenues.

Operational A green space used predominantly for operational uses, such as cemeteries and allotments.

Redundant An green space which is no longer fulfilling its original function e.g. housing/ industrial buildings have been demolished or green space has been neglected. Common for this type of site to have a biodiversity function.

Table 3.2d: Green Space Function Criteria

Qualitative Assessment

The assessment was based on a range of physical landscape elements that are scored in order to produce a qualitative assessment. These landscape elements were based on the requirements of the client and existing experience and included such fields as access and boundary J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 features, as demonstrated in Table 3.2e below.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 143 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Landscape Field Landscape Element

Access Car Parking

Bicycle Stands

Gates and Entrances

Disabled Access

Boundary Features Walls

Fencing

Railings

Vegetation

Table 3.2e: Examples of Landscape Elements

In order to collect the most relevant data for each site, thus making the audit process as efficient as possible, some sections of the audit form were omitted for certain typologies. All sites were assessed against generic landscape fields, such as access and boundary features. However, depending on some typology, landscape fields were omitted accordingly. Table 3.2f below demonstrates this, showing typology against landscape fields and whether the scores for these fields required completion.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 144 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Key Compulsory Score Optional Score No Score Required

Site Data Landscape & Structure Character Access Circulation Signage Boundary Features Furniture Vegetation Personal Security and Vandalism Crime Maintenance Biodiversity Children’s Play Teen Play Sports Pitches Architectural Features FacilitiesVisitor

Parks

Gardens

Semi-natural

Green Corridors

Outdoor Sports

Amenity Space

Playgrounds

Allotments

Churchyards/Cemeteries

Industrial Heritage

Agricultural

Institutional Operational/Vacant/ Derelict Table 3.2f: Landscape Fields requiring a score by Typology

Each landscape element was scored in terms of condition, appropriateness and potential or ability to upgrade. These terms are described in Table 3.2g, and the scoring system described in Table 3.2h.

Appropriateness Suitability of the landscape element in that environment, incorporating location, quantity and

character. Ability to Upgrade The ability of the site to support additional or new September 2005

landscape elements.

Table 3.2g: Quality Audit Definitions Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 145 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Score Condition Appropriateness Ability to Upgrade/ Potential

1 Complete Wholly inappropriate High ability to accommodate new disrepair landscape elements; does not fulfil its potential 2 Poor – needs Inappropriate in places Moderate/High ability to immediate accommodate new landscape attention elements 3 Good – needs Adequate Moderate ability to accommodate minor attention new landscape elements; some potential 4 Generally good Generally appropriate Moderate/Low ability to accommodate new landscape elements 5 Excellent Appropriate Low ability to accommodate new condition landscape elements; fulfils its potential Table 3.2h: Quality Audit Scoring System

In addition to the condition, appropriateness and potential scores, ‘priorities’ were also determined, allowing landscape elements to be identified that required quality improvements. Unlike the other fields, priorities were not scored but instead any landscape element in need of attention was ‘flagged’ for future action.

The exception to this system was the landscape field for sports pitches. This field was not given an Appropriateness score as a playing-pitch assessment did not form part of the brief for this study. However, the number of pitches, condition and the ability to upgrade was recorded in

facilities.

In addition to the assessment of physical features of the landscape, social September 2005 aspects of the landscape were also recorded, including personal security,

crime and vandalism, and site maintenance. The assessment of social features was conducted in a similar way to the assessment of physical Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 146 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

features, using the scoring system of 1 to 5 (see Table 3.2h above). However, for the purpose of crime and vandalism and site maintenance, appropriateness was omitted as adequate crime prevention and maintenance is always appropriate. Whilst it is possible to upgrade crime prevention and maintenance levels through design and management, this is not captured during the audit process, requiring a more detailed level of survey and specialist or site-specific knowledge.

In addition to the physical and social landscape elements, an assessment was undertaken with a view to defining the overall sense of place by reference to balance, scale, enclosure, texture, colour, diversity, unity,

stimulus and pleasure. Landscape structure was also addressed. In addition to the overall site hierarchy, a local/ neighbourhood/ to district structural hierarchy was assigned based on the sites’ impact within the context of the area, and it’s ability to upgrade was also recorded.

The individual ‘scores’ were electronically recorded into a GIS based programme within handheld computers or Personal Digital Assistants (PDAs). This allowed for quick and focussed collection of data while on site and which was automatically linked to the geographic location of each site, avoiding errors when downloading the information onto the main dataset back at the office.

The picture inserted below shows examples of the audit form as seen on the PDA screen. The full audit form can be found in Appendix C.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 147 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Quality Database

The completed audit data is stored in an Access database, linked to the GIS dataset. This is one of the major outputs of the Green Space audit, producing quality scores for all sites which were fully audited and displaying the quality data in a user friendly way.

site having an associated record containing all qualitative and quantitative information as well as additional information collected throughout the study such as site designations and site ownership. September 2005

The ‘key statistics’ for each site are always visible at the top of each page, including such information as site name, hierarchy and typology. Adjacent Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 148 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

to editing the editing buttons, allow for data to be added, deleted or modified.

The qualitative information for each site is contained within a number of tabs. Each tab generally includes the quality scores of two or three landscape fields. Each page can be viewed by ‘clicking’ on the appropriate tab.

The database provides a powerful management tool, which can be used to determine the need for capital and revenue investment and to record

changes in quality over time.

The method of calculating the quality scores is complex due to the three different attributes assessed (condition, appropriateness and potential). The process is briefly described below (Table 3.2i), and in the accompanying diagram, Table 3.2j: Method of Calculating Quality Scores.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 149 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Calculation Method

Condition and Appropriateness Each score is calculated as a percentage, depending upon the number of scored landscape elements. For example, within the landscape field of Access, there are four landscape elements with the potential to be scored. If a score is assigned to each of these elements, the maximum score is 20; using the total score available and actual score given, a percentage can be derived.

Overall Condition For each landscape field (for example access), the condition and appropriate scores assigned to each landscape element were used to calculate an overall condition score. This is calculated as an average of the original condition score and original appropriateness score.

Overall Potential For each landscape field (for example access), the potential scores were used to calculate a fulfilling potential score. This is calculated as a percentage, depending upon the number of scored elements.

Overall Quality By taking an average of the overall condition score and overall fulfilling potential score, a quality score is derived for each landscape field.

Scores by Site Finally, the scores for each landscape field were used to calculate an overall site condition, potential and quality score. For example, within the typology of Parks there are numerous possible landscape fields; presuming each field had been scored, an average would be taken of each field’s condition, potential and quality scores.

Table 3.2i: Method of Calculating Quality Scores J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 150 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Quality Scores by Landscape Field Example: Access

Condition Appropriateness Potential Car Parking 5 5 5 Bicycle 3 5 1

Gates and Entrances 4 4 2 Disabled Access 3 4 1

75% 90% 45%

83% 45%

64% Table 3.2j: Example of Quality Score Calculation

3.3 Method of Analysis

Analysis by Area

For the purposes of the green space strategy, the study area of Urban North Staffordshire has been divided into Analysis Areas comprising administrative ward boundaries in both Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stoke- on-Trent, as shown in Table 3.3a below and Figure 5.1.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 151 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report Analysis Area Ward Stoke-on-Trent North Chell and Packmoor Tunstall Norton & Bradeley

Stoke-on-Trent Stoke-on-Trent Burslem North East Valley Burslem South Urban North Staffordshire Urban North Staffordshire Stoke-on-Trent Central Abbey Green Northwood and Birches Head Hanley West and Shelton Bentille and Townsend Berryhill and Hanley East Hartshill and Penkhull Stoke and Trent Vale

Stoke-on-Trent South Fenton Longton North Weston and Meir North Longton South Blurton Trentham and Hanford Meir Park and Sandon Kidsgrove Newchapel Kidsgrove Ravenscliffe Butt Lane Talke Newcastle-under-Lyme Newcastle-under-Lyme Newcastle East Bradwell Porthill Wolstanton May Bank Greater Chesterton Chesterton Holditch

Cross Heath Silverdale and Parksite Town Centre Town Ward Newcastle South Thistleberry September 2005 Westlands

Seabridge Clayton Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

Table 3.3a: Analysis Areas | 152 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The Method of Quantity Analysis

Traditionally, green space studies have measured the quantity of green space and compared this to the residential population for any given area, and used this to determine where deficiencies may occur. A frequently used benchmark is the ‘6 acre standard’, developed by the NPFA, which advocates that there should be a minimum of 6 acres or 2.4 hectares, of formal green space per thousand population.

With the publication of the updated PPG17 in 2002, there was a shift towards a more qualitative assessment of green space. However the legacy of quantitative assessment has not been forgotten, for it is the most simplified measurement for assessing the carrying capacity of green space.

In Central London there are some areas that have lots of small, high quality open spaces and thus appear to fulfil the required proximity and quality standards. However, the very high population and consequent large number of users visiting the sites are directly detrimental to the experience. A quantitative assessment of this area shows that there is less than 0.5ha / 1000 population, and a real need for a net increase in the amount of open space.

Measuring Quantity of Green Space

mapped in the GIS. The size of each site has been measured in hectares.

A number of quantity calculations have been made in order to understand September 2005

why an area may have a deficiency or a surplus. Table 3.3c below shows

the various quantity calculations that were made, and which sites were Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 153 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

included in the calculation. Tables of sites which make up the quantity figures for the calculations below can be found in Appendix D.

Quantity Calculation Sites Included

Unrestricted Green Spaces All Unrestricted sites

Formal Green Spaces All Sites with a Primary or Secondary Formal Recreation Purpose

Informal Green Spaces All Sites with a Primary or Secondary Informal Recreation Purpose

Sites with Biodiversity Value All Sites with a Primary or Secondary Biodiversity Purpose

Table 3.3c: Sites included in the Quantity calculations

Measuring Population

The population figures were taken from the 2001 census data held by the Office of National Statistics. The population statistics are available at ward level and have therefore been analysed at ward level as well as being grouped together for the Analysis Areas figures.

The amount of green space is then divided by the total population and multiplied by 1000 to give the amount of green space per 1000 population calculation.

Interpreting the Quantity Results

The quantitative results in Section 5.3 have been produced in order to provide guidance on the suitability of the existing provision of green space. September 2005

A series of comparable quantity standards from similar studies have been

provided, as well as a table that compares the Urban North Staffordshire quantity calculations with the individual Analysis Area calculations. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 154 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The supporting text in Section or 5.3 uses a clear language as shown in Table 3.3d below. This clearly explains how the quantity of green space in individual analysis areas compares with the quantity across urban North Staffordshire.

Quantity Much The quantity of green space is much higher or lower when compared to the study area level.

Moderately The quantity of green space is moderately higher or lower when compared to the study area level.

Slightly The quantity of green space is slightly higher or lower when compared to the study area level.

Table 3.3d: Terms used for Quantity Analysis

The analysis of quantity in Section or Chapter 5.3 contains two maps, and a series of tables. Figure 5.4 shows the amount of unrestricted green space per thousand population and Figure 5.5, the same information with the addition of Index of Multiple Deprivation (IMD) described in Table 3.3e below. The ‘contours’ reflect the amount of unrestricted green space per 1000 population. The red, orange and yellow contours represent poor provision with the blue and purple contours representing good provision. The background to Figure 5.5 is broken down into ‘Super Output Areas’ coloured from light pink through to dark red. The darker an output area, the lower it’s IMD score therefore the more deprived it is. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 155 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The ODPM commissioned the Social Disadvantage Research Centre (SDRC) at the Department of Social Policy and Social Research at the University of Oxford to update the Indices of Deprivation 2000 for England, and the new Indices of Deprivation were produced in 2004. The new Index of Multiple Deprivation is made up of seven Domain Indices:

Income deprivation;

Employment Deprivation;

Health deprivation and disability;

Education, skills and training deprivation;

Barriers to housing and services;

Living environment deprivation; and

Crime.

Table 3.3e: The Index of Multiple Deprivation 2004

The Method of Accessibility Analysis

This analysis has been carried out to determine appropriateness of location and whether there are deficiencies or surplus in accessibility to the different types and functions or purposes of green spaces.

In order to carry out the analysis, the hierarchy assigned to each site has a different catchment area, synonymous with the type of facility that is provided. For example, a local park would only be expected to attract J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 users who travel on foot, and an average of 5 minutes. A district park

would be expected to attract users from a much wider catchment; some of whom would walk for an average 15 minutes and some of whom would drive. The hierarchy assigned to each site can be found in Appendix A. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 156 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The basis for the distances travelled derive from a number of sources, some of which are national guidance such as the Urban Design Compendium (English Partnerships); some are regional guidance such as the Guide to Green Space Strategies (Greater London Authority); and others have been calculated from previous studies conducted by Scott Wilson.

Each of these guidance notes, and previous studies carry a certain amount of difference in ‘perceived’ distance travelled, hence the measurements that have been used in this study combine figures from all sources.

Table 3.3f below shows the walking distances that have been used by hierarchy, Table 3.3g below shows the distances walked to play facilities, which were assessed in accordance with the National Playing Fields Association (NPFA) categorisation.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 157 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Hierarchy Characteristics Actual Walking Radial Distance Walking Distance Local Sites with limited/ no facilities, ranging from areas of 400m 280m amenity grassland to small local parks and play-areas. These sites are likely to attract local residents only.

Neighbourhood Sites providing some facilities and a greater diversity of 800m 560m landscape features. This may include a slightly larger or diverse park to a local park or may provide play facilities for a teenage age group. These sites are likely to attract people from a neighbourhood area.

District Sites may provide a range of facilities, including formal 1200m 840m and informal recreational pursuits. May be a site with a specialist function, such as sports grounds or allotments. Car parking may be provided. These sites are likely to attract people from a district area.

Sub-regional Sites providing for a broad range of activities, including 3200m 2237m outdoor sports facilities and playing fields, children’s play and informal recreational pursuits. Will also include a diverse landscape setting with a variety of natural features. Should provide some car parking. These sites are likely to attract people from within and beyond the urban area.

Table 3.3f: Walking Distances to Sites by Hierarchy

Facility Characteristics Actual Walking Radial Distance Walking Distance

small games area.

NEAP Neighbourhood Equipped Area for Play; 8 types of play 1000m 700m equipment, opportunities for ball games or wheeled September 2005

activities.

Table 3.3g: Walking Distances to Play Facilities Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 158 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Measuring Accessibility

When creating maps to show accessibility to sites by Hierarchy, the catchment areas or ‘buffers’ used are the radial walking distances as shown above in Tables 3.3f and 3.3g. The Radial Distance can be defined ‘as the crow flies’ in terms of the distance able to be covered by people walking the actual distance on the ground, therefore taking into account physical barriers such as roads, footpaths, severance lines (such as canals and railway lines) and land form.

The factor that has been used to reduce the actual walking distances to a

more realistic radial distance is 1.43. All actual walking distances have been divided by this factor, which is taken from the Greater London Authority (GLA) Guide to Green Space Strategies and tested by Scott Wilson for previous commissions. These distances will be reviewed during the production of the strategy to check appropriateness for North Staffordshire.

Interpreting the Accessibility Analysis

The results of the accessibility analysis are produced in a series of maps showing accessibility to different types and purposes of green spaces. Each map has accessibility buffers drawn around a specific type or purpose of site, coloured according to Hierarchy. The accessibility analysis for this study can be seen in Figures 5.6-5.19.

The buffers show where accessibility to the type or purpose of green J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 space shown is ‘sufficient’. Where there are no buffers, the residents in

that area will be ‘deficient’ in accessibility to that type of green space.

September 2005 Where there is more than one of the same type or purpose of site in close

proximity to each other, this indicates that any local residents living in this area have access to more than one of that type or purpose of site. Some Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 159 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

of these sites could be considered as ‘surplus’, and a change of use may be appropriate.

The terms used in describing accessibility to green spaces are shown below in Table 3.3h.

Proximity Deficient Proximity to green space is deficient across the settlement area or in a specified location; there are no accessible green spaces.

Sufficient Proximity to green space is sufficient across the

settlement area or in a specified location; there are enough accessible green spaces.

Surplus Proximity to green space is over-sufficient across the settlement area or in a specified location; there is a surplus of green spaces.

Table 3.3h: Terms used for Accessibility Analysis

The Method of Quality Analysis

Following the construction of the quality database, it is possible to conduct an infinite amount of qualitative analysis. Due to the scope of this study, the analysis has focused on the overall condition score of sites fully audited and the relationship between ‘potential’ and ‘condition’ across the varying typologies in the database.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 160 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Measuring Overall Condition Score

As described in Section 3.2 the quality assessment collected data on the ‘condition’, appropriateness’, and ‘potential’, for most of the landscape, built, and social features within a green space. It is the sum and average of the Condition and Appropriateness measurements that gives a site its overall condition score. A table detailing the quality scores for each site can be found in Appendix E.

The rating of the Overall Quality Score has been divided into three levels: Good, Average, and Poor. This has been represented in Figures 5.21a-c,

with the use of diagrammatic buffers and a ‘traffic light’ colour scheme.

The buffers are all 400m Walking (280m Radial) distance regardless of a sites typology or hierarchy, which enables the effect of the quality of a site in a surrounding area to be more easily interpreted. The buffers are coloured depending on the rating of that site. The following table (Table 3.3i) details the range of scores by the rating and the colours used. Figures 5.21a-c shows the Condition Scores mapped in this way.

Rating Overall Condition Colour of Score Range Diagrammatic Buffer

Good 76%+ Green

Average 63 – 75% Yellow Poor 27 – 62% Red

Table 3.3i: Quality Rating, Range and Buffer Colour J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 161 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Interpreting the Quality Results

The presentation of the Site Condition in this way, works on the assumption that most if not all poor quality green space should be improved. Only where there is a large surplus of all types of green space in an area, and lack of demand for a poor quality site can be proven to exist, would improvements be deemed unnecessary, and a change of use for that site would be a more feasible option.

The resulting maps for Site Condition show where site improvements are required and what level of urgency should be accorded to the

improvements. In areas where there is an abundance of red buffers, it is clear that the majority of the population here has access only to poor quality sites.

The terms used in describing quality of green spaces are shown below in Table 3.3j.

Quality Good Overall quality of the site is considered to be good, scoring 76% or above as a result of the quality audit.

Average Overall quality of the site is considered to be average, scoring between 63% and 75% as a result of the quality audit.

Poor Overall quality of the site is considered to be poor, scoring between 27% and 62% as a result of the J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 quality audit.

Table 3.3j: Terms used for Quality Analysis

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 162 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Best and Worst Sites

Analysis has been carried out to review the ‘Best and Worst’ Sites for different sites and aspects within sites. The areas analysed are as follows and mapped in Figures 5.22-5.31.

Parks

Amenity

Outdoor Sports Grounds

Semi-Natural Sites

Green Corridors

Children’s Play

Teen Play

Security

Crime and Vandalism

Maintenance

This allows the distribution of the Best and the Worst types or aspects within sites to be assessed. Tables showing the Top and Bottom, Ten or Five sites for both Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stoke-on-Trent can be found in Appendix F.

Measuring Condition, Potential, and Quality – Quality Matrix

As discussed in Section 3.2, the site assessment included the collection of J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

data for both existing condition and potential for improvement. This allows for analysis of sites beyond purely looking at a sites existing quality. This is useful because in several cases a site may score highly due to the good condition of facilities but may however be lacking in other facilities which September 2005

the site could easily accommodate. For example, a site such as an

amenity space, which consists only of mown grass, which is well Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 163 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

maintained, could score 100%. In simple terms, the site has one feature that is perfect and hence scores top marks. However, the site in question could also be large enough, well orientated, and suitably flat to accommodate many more features such as, trees, seating, play facilities and even sports equipment. Thus the overall quality score for such a site is reduced by its failure to meet its potential.

The quality matrix has been developed to clarify why a site is performing well or badly. It plots the ‘condition’ score on the X-axis and ‘fulfilling potential’ on the Y-axis. The following table (Table 3.3k) shows four examples, also shown in the chart below.

Existing Condition Fulfilling Potential Description

Park 100% 40% Excellent Condition, Lots of Potential

Playground 50% 60% Average Condition, Some Potential

Semi-Natural 30% 100% Poor Condition, Fulfilling Potential

Allotment 20% 40% Poor Condition, Lots of Potential

Table 3.3k: Interpreting the relationship between Condition and Potential

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 164 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Condition vs Potential

120%

100% Semi-Natural

80%

60% Playground

40% Allotment Park Fulfilling Potential

20%

0% 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% Existing Condition

The Method of Value Analysis

The measure of quality is not the only measure for prioritising sites. As detailed in PPG17, the value afforded to a site is a key factor in determining a site’s objectives. For example, a site that is of poor quality and highly valued would be of the highest priority for improvement and upgrade. Conversely, a site of poor quality and of low value would reduce the need to prioritise its quality.

Measuring Value J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

As set out in the PPG17 Companion Guide, Value relates to three main aspects:

Context; September 2005

Level and type of use;

Wider benefits. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 165 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Within these categories, the following information collected during the study has been used, against which a score is given to create an overall value score. The scores assigned to each field can be found in Appendix G.

Context

Accessibility – Unrestricted, Limited, and Restricted categories used; ‘Unrestricted’ scores high. As the PPG17 companion guide suggests, a

space which is inaccessible is almost irrelevant to potential users and therefore may be of little value.

Green Space Provision – Sites within settlement areas where the amount of green space per 1000 population is low in comparison with the rest of the study area scores high. As the PPG17 companion guide states, if there is very little provision in an area, even a space of mediocre quality may well be valuable.

Levels and Type of Use

Typology - Some Typologies offer a better range of facilities and therefore have greater potential value. Parks, playgrounds, semi-natural sites all score high, with vacant/ operational /derelict sites at the bottom of the scale.

Function – Sites with Formal, Informal and Biodiversity purposes score high compared to those which are operational or redundant.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 166 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Wider Benefits

Social Inclusion and Health - Index of Multiple Deprivation by ward score used from most deprived to least deprived where most deprived wards score highest.

Landscape Structure - Given a score based on whether the site helps to define the identity and character of an area as identified during the site audit process.

Landscape Character – Given a score based on aspects such as whether the green space is pleasant/unpleasant, invigorating/bland as identified during the site audit process.

Ecological Benefits - Given a score based on existing nature conservation designations, such as Nature Reserves and Sites of Special Scientific Interest.

Historical Significance - Given a score based on historical designations, such as Conservation Areas and Scheduled Ancient Monuments.

Interpreting the Value Results

As the PPG17 Companion Guide discusses, combining the assessment of quality and value allows local authorities to objectively identify actions for green spaces. Table 3.3l shows the Quality/Value classification matrix, J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

which provides an approach to determining the most appropriate policy option for each existing green space.

Sites which score ‘High’ and ‘Good’ or ‘Poor’ and ‘Low’ have clear options, however there will be sites which score ‘Average’ which would need to be September 2005

determined on a site by site basis. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 167 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Good Quality / Low Value Good Quality / High Value

Enhance Value Protect

Convert Primary Purpose

Average Quality / Average Value

Poor Quality / Low Value Poor Quality / High Value

Enhance Quality provided can Enhance Quality enhance Value Could be surplus to requirements Protect in terms of primary purpose

Table 3.3l: Matrix to Assess Quality and Value to Assist in Determining Policy

Summary

A postal survey was carried out in parallel to the green space audit.

The green space audit recorded typology, access, hierarchy and primary and secondary purpose. A qualitative assessment was also carried out assigning scores by landscape element in terms of condition, appropriateness and potential or ability to upgrade.

The audit data is stored in a Microsoft Access database linked to the GIS dataset. This is one of the major outputs of the green space audit.

Analysis of the audit data has been based on analysis areas comprising administrative ward boundaries in both Newcastle-under- Lyme and Stoke-on-Trent. Analysis has been carried out in relation

spaces has also been considered which can inform decision-making relating to the conservation, improvement or disposal of green space. The results of the analysis are discussed in chapter 5. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 168 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

4 THE VALUE OF GREEN SPACE J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 169 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

4.1 Results of the neighbourhood survey

A Community Needs Assessment Plan was drawn up to describe the approach to consultation, Appendix I. The full results of the household survey carried out in Spring 2005 are detailed in the Household Consultation Survey Report contained in Appendix J. Further surveys undertaken during the summer are located in Appendix K. A summary of the results of the former are outlined below and are presented under a number of main headings which group together the types of questions asked and issues raised. Any extrapolation of the data needs to be tempered with the profile of respondents.

Use and travel

The respondents included almost 25% non users of parks and green spaces

Travel time and travel method have been combined to form an accessibility hierarchy of effective catchments which can inform / be compared with the distance thresholds being used in the GIS based modelling

Key reasons for use are walking, relaxing, experiencing nature – all passive forms of recreation

Almost 75% of respondents used their most frequently used space at least weekly

Quantity of provision

At the study area level most people were satisfied with the amount of parks and natural green space provision, they were less happy with September 2005

the amount of children’s play or teenage provision. Indeed…

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 170 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

75% felt that there was insufficient provision for teenagers / young people

The quantity of provision by green space type shows variation across the analysis areas for Newcastle-under-Lyme – the Town Centre area respondents felt that there was insufficient park and natural green space provision. Respondents in South and Great Chesterton areas felt that there was insufficient children’s play provision.

Satisfaction and Quality

Overall people were least satisfied with children’s play and teenage provision

In Stoke overall satisfaction with all types of space was less than 50% across all areas

In Stoke less than 10% of respondents were satisfied with teenage provision

In Newcastle-under-Lyme, the East area showed the highest level of satisfaction with children’s play, parks and natural green space

Quality scores for most used space showed an overall average of 5.9 out of 10. The average score from respondents in Stoke North was 5.6, in Newcastle-under-Lyme East it was 6.2.

Overall 45% of respondents felt that the quality of their most frequently used space had stayed the same over the past 3 years J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 More people in Stoke than Newcastle-under-Lyme felt that quality

had declined

The weighted gap analysis shows that the priorities for investment overall should be teenage provision followed by children’s play September 2005

In Stoke all types of provision fall into the high importance / low satisfaction quadrant Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 171 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

In Newcastle-under-Lyme parks and natural green space fall into the high importance / high satisfaction quadrant.

Housing choice

When the no reply and don’t know figures are excluded, the figures show that 93% of people consider that good quality spaces are very important in making good places to live

When the no reply and don’t know figures are excluded, the figures show that 75% of people would like to have good quality spaces

within walking distance

When the no reply and don’t know figures are excluded, the figures show that 81% of respondents agree or strongly agree with the statement “I would be prepared to pay more to buy or rent a house that is close to good quality, safe and interesting parks and green spaces”

In each of the above statements respondents from Newcastle-under- Lyme gave higher overall scores than Stoke

Barriers to use and safety

Key barriers to greater use are

Don’t feel safe

Dog fouling

Lack of facilities September 2005

Lack of time

Standards of maintenance Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 172 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Quality of facilities

There is variation between the two authority areas in terms of the ranking of these issues – standards of maintenance and quality of facilities rank higher in Stoke than Newcastle. In the latter area lack of time and lack of facilities are more significant.

When people are asked why the don’t feel safe the key issues are:

Young people hanging around

Young people drinking

Lack of site based staff

Vandalism / graffiti

Lack of lighting

There is little variation across the two areas on these issues – in Stoke drug use ranks 5th as opposed to lack of lighting in Newcastle.

Improvements

The top 5 most requested improvements were:

Children’s play facilities

Better standards of maintenance

Dealing with litter J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 Provision of seating

Site based staff / policing

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 173 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Respondent’s profile

Women were over represented in the sample

Under 24’s were under represented

People with disabilities / long term illnesses were over represented

Minority ethnic groups were under represented

4.2 Landscape context

This section describes the landscape context of the study area and outlines the biotic, abiotic and cultural factors which characterise the landscape on a sub-regional scale. This analysis has been carried out by a chartered landscape architect and responds to the guidance contained in the Landscape Character Assessment: Guidance for England and Scotland document published by the Countryside Agency, a desktop study of mapping data and a walkover survey of selected areas, districts and corridors across the region. The key characteristics of the landscape have been identified and analysed to facilitate the development of broad principles and challenges which provide a basis for the development of the green space strategy in parallel with the audit and policy findings. A full landscape character assessment has not been carried out as this would be beyond the scope of this study.

Key characteristics

Landscape Character Assessment, which describes the Potteries and Churnet Valley. The Assessment lists the key characteristics as:

“Strongly dissected hills and small plateaux, rising up to the Pennines September 2005

and cut by major river valleys;

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 174 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Strong contrast between remote uplands, urban areas, sheltered wooded valleys and hillside pastures;

Prominent Millstone Grit and Coal Measures ridges;

Sprawling industrial towns of the Potteries forming a major conurbation;

Extensive former industrial and extractive sites, many now reclaimed, intermixed with settlements and open land;

Open moorland and rough grazing on higher ground;

Rural settlement pattern of sheltered villages on low ground with hamlets, scattered farmsteads and cottages elsewhere; and

Brick and sandstone older buildings with tile and slate roofs.”

Topography and Drainage

The study area is dominated by the industrialised and densely settled conurbation, whose development has been strongly associated with the underlying geology consisting primarily of gritstones, sandstone, clays and coals of the Carboniferous Coal Measures. In addition, the weather- resistant Millstone Grit forms prominent ridges, such as that at Baddeley Edge. Park Hall Country Park also stands at prominent high point on sandstones and pebbles of the Triassic period. This geology and subsequent differential weathering has produced a rolling landscape, which increases in undulation to the northwest as the land rises to meet the Peak District beyond Biddulph.

The lower land is dotted with spoil heaps from previous industrial and J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 mining operations. Many of these are characterised by their rounded,

steep slopes, some forming striking landmarks. Some of these have been reclaimed and transformed into public open space, such as at Central Forest Park and Glebedale Park that provide superb high points from September 2005 which to view a panorama of the conurbation.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 175 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

View from Glebedale Park toward Hanley

A topographical analysis is graphically presented in Figure 4.2a and a corresponding analysis of urban coverage highlights that much of the urban area is situated in the lower areas. However, the central ridge between Kidsgrove and Hanley is densely urbanised and this part of the conurbation is, hence, particularly prominent from a number of locations.

Settlement

Figure 4.2b presents the reverse, showing areas of the study area, which have not been urbanised. This shows that while, Newcastle-under-Lyme adopts a radial settlement pattern which is more akin to market towns of a similar nature across Britain, Stoke-on-Trent is much more dispersed, with open spaces, which may once have separated individual districts, becoming more isolated landscape features. This pattern is particularly J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 significant in terms of the conurbations legibility.

The settlement of urban North Staffordshire has predominantly grown

September 2005 around individual villages and towns, which were once contained within

the lower ground. However, pressures from urban growth have led to the construction of newer housing on upper slopes. Where newer housing Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 176 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

has encroached along ridgelines, the collective development forms prominent features within the surrounding landscape.

Substantial breaks in the dense urban development have occurred adjacent to key fluvial or canal corridors such as along the Trent and Mersey and Caldon Canals or along the Lyme and Trent valleys. These breaks tend to run in a strong north-south direction and have provided the necessary clear routes for the regions major roads as well as the mainline railway.

Slightly disconnected from the main conurbation by the steep sided valley at Bathpool, is the town of Kidsgrove. This town still retains the sense of being a market town and enjoys some mature woodland whose fragments extend right into the centre of the town e.g. Kids Wood. The higher land between Ravenscliffe and Newchapel also prevents visual connections between

Kidsgrove and the City of Stoke-on-Trent, with the city’s proximity only becoming apparent on reaching the summit of the hill close to Oldcott Farm.

View of the conurbation from the higher ground at Goldenhill September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 177 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

On crossing this summit into the district of Goldenhill, the nature of the conurbation as a carpet of dense urban development on the lower slopes and valley floors is apparent. From here, landmarks can be identified as the spires of the Victorian churches and chimneys of industrial buildings. The more prominent chimneys are those which are lighter in colour, belonging to recent industrial operations such as at BOCM Paul on the slopes opposite Bradwell Wood. However, the chimneys of older industrial workings, including those of the old potteries provide a striking vertical element in many views, a vital element in reinforcing the distinctiveness of the local urban landscape.

Churches and pottery chimneys forming strong landmarks at Longton

Another focal point in the local urban landscape is the high rise buildings which have been constructed around Hanley centre. From higher viewpoints, this identifies the post-war central business district in the J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 conurbation, which is complemented by the more historic, low-rise centre

of Newcastle-under-Lyme.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 178 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Industrial development on higher slopes adjacent to Bradwell Wood

The character of the conurbation as a series of districts is quite distinct when viewed from high points in the landscape manifested by a stark contrast with surrounding settlements in terms of scale, character and urban grain, but these are not as clear when travelling around at lower levels. The rectilinear patterns of Victorian housing focussed upon an associated industrial building imposes a strong geometry on the undulating landscape. The more organic layout of subsequent inter-war housing estates has also been planned as a district with a central area providing local amenities. However, more recent industrial and warehouse developments have fragmented these districts and blurred their edges making them less distinct.

As a result, such large scale buildings, typically built along transport corridors on the edge of such districts, have now become entrance

the town is marked by Pizza Hut and Matalan. Similarly, key nodes along the transport network are frequently marked by large retail developments.

September 2005 Alternatively, this large scale development forms an industrial or service

district in its own right, usually flanking key transport corridors. Examples of this may be found on the approach to Hanley along the A50 where Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 179 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

gyms, fast food restaurants and light industry have taken advantage of undeveloped land between the older districts of Hanley and Fenton. Similarly, the hospital and new Keele University medical school form landmarks along the A34, through the Lyme Valley. Districts of heavy industry are also located throughout the conurbation e.g. at Tunstall, Cliff Vale and between the A500(T) and the B5041 near Trent Vale. Where these occupy the upper slopes, these are form dominant landmarks, such as adjacent to the A34 opposite Bradwell Wood.

In the extreme, the area around the A500(T) / A50(T) / A5006 junction forms a major gateway to Stoke and Hanley when approaching from the

rest of the country via the M6. The vast scale of the Sainsbury’s distribution plant, incinerator and stadium with bleak marshland between, creates a first impression, which is dissonant with the intimate scale of the historic Potteries towns.

Silverdale is an outlier to the main conurbation, accessed through Knutton. Silverdale exhibits strong links to its current and previous mining history and has expanded outwards along roads from its more linear shape, but still contains the long lines of 19th century terraces along its main street.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 180 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Geometrical patterns of pre-war housing fragmented by larger scale industrial

Between and on the edges of the urban areas, gappy development with indeterminate use and often of low quality has occurred. Whilst typical of the urban fringe, this is exerting some pressure on the more rural land and may be slowly eroding this element of the Staffordshire landscape, which may be worthy of protection.

Older vernacular buildings are generally constructed from red brick with slate or tiled roofs. However, churches, civic buildings and the larger Victorian houses are constructed from purple sandstone, which is now well weathered. Dressed sandstone walls also create strong landscape features in the older areas and good examples may be seen in The Brampton.

Culture J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

There is some evidence of prehistoric settlement in the character area such as Bronze Age barrows on prominent hilltop sites. Subsequent Roman influence appears to have been slight and permanent Anglo Saxon settlements may well have been confined to the tons of the valley floors. September 2005

After the Norman Conquest, part of the character area was, for a while,

Royal Forest. Although Newcastle was a significant centre, the area was Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 181 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

dominated by a substantially sheep-based pastoral economy. By the end of the Middle Ages, the area was populated only by a group of poor villages and hamlets relying on subsistence agriculture.

In the late 16th and 17th centuries, pot-making and coal-mining began in earnest. By the mid-18th century, the area supported major industrial operations. Wedgwood’s factory and the model village of Etruria was being built and the Trent and Mersey Canal was under construction. With the canal and new turnpike roads widening available markets, the towns and villages extended rapidly but remained a dispersed collection of fiercely independent communities. Brickworks and tileries also flourished

and large pits were excavated. Iron-working and coal-mining expanded greatly during this period.

Locally distinctive potbank chimneys in the Potteries

the1960’s, there has been large scale landscape restoration, although this has sometimes been accompanied by demolition of historic industrial buildings and removal of landscape features. In addition, new industries September 2005 have established with associated buildings providing key landmarks.

Other new industries have also since closed and their sites, such as the Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 182 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Corus steelworks between Middleport and Festival Park provide important opportunities for landscape redevelopment.

Vegetation

In addition to three Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI), the study area benefits from a number of statutory Local Nature Reserves (LNR) including:

Westport Lake

Whitfield Valley

Holden Lane Pools

Bagnall Road Wood

Berryhill Fields

Hartshill Park

Barlaston & Rough Close Common

Bateswood

Pool Dam Marshes

The study area is not covered by any statutory landscape designations, although the conurbation is surrounded by Green Belt, which encroaches into Newcastle-under-Lyme at Clayton as well as separating Kidsgrove from the rest of the settlement.

The rolling slopes which characterise the landscape around the conurbation

enclosure. However, field size is large and hedgerows with associated hedgerow trees are fragmented and hence, field patterns are not always clear. This predominantly pastoral landscape can be glimpsed at the outer

September 2005 edges of the conurbation and this gives some context of the urban areas

within their rural setting.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 183 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Woodland is sparse in the study area. It tends to occur between settlements, particularly on areas of reclaimed land where pioneer species such as birch, alder and willow have been established as part of the process of remediation. This type of woodland is prominent where it occurs on the higher spoil heaps.

Between the settlements, areas of reclaimed land have been cultivated as public parks. These areas are evident from their steep slopes and the dense immature woodland that covers them. This includes Central Forest Park, Glebelands Park and Sneyd Hill Park. This woodland is distinctive, not only for its immaturity, but also as it is slightly out of context with the

surrounding ‘natural’ landscape which maintains a degree of openness on the upper slopes.

Not all areas of land which have been disrupted by industrial processes have been so extensively reclaimed with tree planting. Some have been left to naturally regenerate and now these areas are covered by scrub and heathland species.

Apart from the reclamation of post-industrial land, the regions industrial past has also facilitated new open spaces in the form of green corridors, which follow the lines of dismantled railways, canals and rivers. Areas such as Kidsgrove, Knutton, Blurton and Dresden benefit from these and they appear to be well-used as well as being valuable wildlife corridors.

To the west of the study area, Apedale Country Park provides a valuable J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

open space and educational resource, having been reclaimed from its previous use as a drift coal mine. The park extends to almost 455 acres of woodland, wetland and meadow enhancing the county’s biodiversity.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 184 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Mature urban landscape at The Brampton

The connection of the area’s growth with the underlying geology means that mature landscapes are few as areas of land have been excavated, reclaimed and built upon. However, some historic areas, which were either more affluent or have survived previous urban renewal programmes now contain some impressive open spaces and mature trees. A prime example of such a landscape may be found at The Brampton but are also manifest in the impressive cemeteries in areas such as Newfield and in the regions Grade II listed parks including Burslem and Tunstall. More mature woodland can also be seen in the prominent Bradwell Wood, which forms part of a significant wildlife corridor through the Chatterley Valley to Bathpool Park.

September 2005

Cemetery at Newfield Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 185 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Travelling between districts within and through the conurbation, it is easy to perceive the conurbation as a series of corridors rather than defined districts. This notion has a significant impact on the perceived identity of the study area. The complex road pattern and large-scale buildings on both sides of road corridors means that often the elements that define the identities of its towns and cities e.g. its civic buildings and open spaces, are hidden from view.

Figure 4.2b identifies those ‘Strategic Parks’ identified in the Greening For

Growth strategy, which are on the higher land and hence, are or have the potential to become prominent green spaces within the urban landscape.

Woodland connecting Bradwell Wood to Bathpool Park

Challenges J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

In summary, the green spaces in the study area provide much needed tranquillity in the busy conurbation, which is transected by a busy transport network. The spaces also provide visual interest and spatial diversity in an September 2005

area, which is relatively homogenous in character and density in

comparison with other cities in the UK. This tranquillity is successfully achieved through the sensitive use of planting and incorporation of natural Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 186 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

or artificial drainage features as well as associated management regimes such as at Central Forest Park. Good examples of this may be found in the region’s Victorian parks or along valleys such as the Lyme Valley where running water and Weeping Willows create a calming environment despite being constrained between the busy A34 and medium-density residential areas. Similarly, the lake at Forest Park acts as an effective draw to visitors, although its visual links with Hanley centre are weak and could be further emphasised. In parts, a sense of pre-industrial Staffordshire emerges and these events create landmarks in their own right such as the 17th century Ford Green Hall. However, a significant element of the region’s sense of place is inextricably linked to its

development in the industrial era. Where well-composed views of its artefacts are encountered, a unique sense of history is evoked.

Lake at Central Forest Park

potential landmarks and the definition of districts. The conservation and enhancement of existing views, landscape events and landmarks coupled with the strengthened definition of the region’s districts would improve the area’s legibility, as well as promoting a robust, spatial framework on which September 2005

to base the new phase of its renewal. It will become increasingly

important to ensure that new development responds to the local and Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 187 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

regional urban landscape character to ensure that existing landmarks, gateways and vistas are retained and that new development responds to local character to create new strategic landmarks and strongly defined districts. To this end, a legibility framework for the sub-region which supported the strategic objectives of the ‘Greening for Growth’ strategy would be a valuable document in assisting those involved in the renewal of north Staffordshire to enhance this aspect of its environment.

Principles

It is possible to distil broad principles from this assessment which may be used

to inform future and existing open space and development planning. These principles may also prove valuable in the masterplanning of the AMI areas as part of the ongoing regeneration process. These principles are outlined as follows:

Marginal and urban fringe landscapes should be managed to ensure that land uses do not compromise the definition and quality of adjacent green spaces;

New development on prominent high points and ridge lines should be avoided;

The green space network should underpin a strategy for maintaining and enhancing separation between urban districts, strengthening the existing network of open space, especially in Stoke-on-Trent;

A gateway and landmark hierarchy should be defined to ensure that interventions are of a scale, which is in keeping with the nature of the district entrance. For example, key junctions should be designed using large scale interventions, whilst the entrance to a district should be

Create or strengthen visual and physical connections between green spaces and the locality that they serve. For example, a local green space should establish links only to the local area, whilst a district level September 2005

green space should establish stronger links to the wider area, especially where it is close to an urban centre. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 188 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

4.3 The effects of green space on local property values

Parks and green spaces define the character of the areas we live in as well as providing economic, social and environmental benefits. This section will report on the extent to which such benefits have a direct or indirect effect on local property values.

The economic and social influence of recreational, leisure (and cultural activity in parks, such as local festivals and concerts, which attract

external visitors and tourists) can influence the character of the local area. Moreover, for local residents and visitors the provision for accessible green spaces for a variety of activities may encourage healthier living. This section identifies factors such as these and discusses the extent to which green spaces have a direct, and/or an indirect effect upon the local property values.

To obtain a broader picture, this section identifies the contribution of a combination of good and poor quality green spaces in the North Staffordshire sub region to property values. In view of the timescale and budget available for this section of the study a detailed survey of the housing market for every green space or for a large number of open spaces would not be feasible. Accordingly, as outlined in our proposed method of study, a ‘soft market testing’ exercise to capture some of the knowledge of local estate agents has provided a reference point against which future substantial public expenditure involved in delivering key

can be assessed over time.

The section outlines the opinions of local property agents and assesses September 2005

indicative property values to develop a reasonable working assumption for value gradients against which may assist in future observational research. In addition, national and international examples of green spaces, which Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 189 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

are considered to have influenced housing market uplift, are reviewed to establish a series of parallels to the north Staffordshire sub-region and principles for the emerging master plans.

Selection of green spaces

In order to identify a possible link between open spaces and property values a selection of parks and open spaces were chosen on the basis of a set of factors/criteria that reflected the time scale available to carry out the research. The quality of the open space is of vital importance to

residential values and also as an asset or a liability to underpin the area’s attraction to economic investment and activity, consequently having a knock on effect on residential property values. Therefore it is important to get an adequate mix of green spaces of good and poor quality in order to provide a broad frame of reference regarding the relationship between values and proximity to open space.

The quality and potential impact of the green spaces were considered in the light of the following factors:

Ease of access;

Quality of views/setting; and

Anti-social behaviour.

Based on the assumptions outlined above a selection of around 10-12 parks and green spaces of varying size and proximity to urban centres

instance the selection of open spaces were divided into two separate categories of “Strategic Parks” and “Green Space”. The selected Strategic Parks and Green Space provided a good mix in terms of both typological

September 2005 variety and spatial diversity of green spaces. For practical and budgetary

reasons this approach seeks to illustrate the impact of parks in these different circumstances rather than attempting to provide a controlled Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 190 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

sample across the North Staffordshire sub-region, which would require a major study in its own right.

The strategic parks selected, include the following:

1. Target Wood and Bathpool Park;

2. Westport Lake Park;

3. Hanley Park;

4. Finney Gardens;

5. Bucknall Park;

6. Fenton Park; and

7. Lyme Valley Parkway.

The term ‘Strategic Park’ has been drawn from the report Greening for Growth – A Strategy for Urban North Staffordshire (September 2003)’ produced by Stoke-on-Trent City Council. Essentially, a set of criteria have been identified for the term ‘Strategic Park’ used as part of the analysis within this report. The criteria used to identify a strategic park can be based on the impact it has outside its immediate locale such as to attract a significant amount of visitors from outside the local catchment area, and/or the capability to contribute towards the liveability of a particular area by contributing significantly towards other strategic regeneration initiatives. In respect of the above, the factors below have been taken into consideration:

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 191 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Location

The location of a park in relation to Strategic Development Opportunities, Priority Investment Areas, Neighbourhood Renewal Areas etc..

Potential

The need and opportunity for change and ability to secure realistic levels of funding

Community Support

The validity of any improvement or development scheme would have to be questioned.

Sustainability

Any development or improvement plan must be underpinned with a clear understanding of how respective parks and the improvements therein are to be sustained in the future. To assist in this endeavour, detailed proposals under Greening for Growth will be informed by a study undertaken by Daniel Hulme which details the potential to generate significant private sector investment to regenerate major parks, through the introduction of new or the realization of existing commercial opportunities within their boundaries. The Strategic Parks analysed within this study have been identified using the above methodology. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 192 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The green spaces selected include:

1. Bradwell Wood;

2. Festival Park;

3. Glebedale Park;

4. Fenpark; and

5. Park Hall Country Park.

In respect the methodology used to define a strategic park there are a range of green spaces which do not meet the criteria. Accordingly, the

range of areas which define a green space, include formal and informal recreation grounds; areas of biodiversity (such as woodlands and meadow grassland); areas which are of landscape and visual amenity value; operational spaces (such as churchyards and allotments, but excluding school grounds) and areas which are known to be redundant (such as those which no longer fulfilling it’s original function which may include housing/industrial buildings have been demolished or open space has been neglected).

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 193 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

A broad mixture of the types of parks and green spaces included those that provide the following functions:

Function Definition

Informal recreation An open space used predominantly for

informal uses, such as walking and peace and quiet.

Formal recreation An open space used predominantly for formal uses, such as organised sport and equipped play.

Biodiversity An open space used predominantly to

(‘Biological’ used in encourage biodiversity, such as woodlands

audit but and meadow grassland. biodiversity is a

more suitable term)

Landscape and An open space used predominantly for its Visual Amenity landscape and amenity value, such as

amenity space and green corridors.

Operational An open space used predominantly for operational uses, such as churchyards and allotments, but excluding school grounds.

Redundant An open space which is no longer fulfilling its original function e.g. housing/ industrial

buildings have been demolished or open space has been neglected, quite common for this type of site to have a biodiversity function. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

In order to gain a further understanding of the quality and typology of the September 2005

12 identified green spaces individual site visits were conducted. During the

site visits a broad assessment of the type of housing around the particular sites was also made. The purpose of this was to help establish as to Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 194 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

whether there is a direct link between the property values in varying housing types in relation to the identified green spaces.

Brief area profile within park vicinity

This sub-section details the profile of a selection of varying open spaces across the North Staffordshire sub-region to provide an outline of possible interrelationships between open spaces and residential property values.

Target Wood and Bathpool Park

Target Wood and Bathpool Park are located northeast of Tunstall, an urbanised market town four miles north of Hanley. There is a mixture of property types in this market area. Immediately adjacent to the Park along Boathouse Road the property types consist of mainly detached properties.

Westport Lake Park and Bradwell Wood

Westport Lake Park is a Strategic Park covering an area of 36 ha and is located immediately south of Tunstall bordered by the A500 to the west. The Park is used for primarily for informal recreation. Further west of Westport Lake Park is a large area of green space called Bradwell Wood covering an area of 84 ha. used mainly for biological purposes and informal recreation. Bradwell Wood lies east of Parkhouse Industrial Estate and High Carr Business Park. A mix of residential property types adjoins both Westport Lake Park and Bradwell Wood.

Hanley Park and Festival Park J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Hanley Park (25 ha) is located within Hanley, a large town at the heart of the North Staffordshire conurbation, that provides the identified ‘city centre’ for the City of Stoke on Trent. Festival Park (15ha), formerly the National Garden Festival site in 1996, is located north west of the city centre, September 2005

adjoining a recently developed commercial leisure and business park

development of the same name. Hanley Park lies to the south of the Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 195 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

commercial centre and divides the centre from Staffordshire University, a mixed area of semi-detached and terraced houses and the main railway station. The properties on The Parkway immediately overlooking Hanley Park consist of mainly semi-detached with 2-3 bed terraces a few streets further out from the city centre, on Boughey Road. Hanley Park is used mainly for the purpose of formal recreation providing landscape and visual amenity, whereas Festival Park’s primary purpose is biological and informal recreation.

Finney Gardens and Bucknall Park

Finney Gardens (1.6 ha) and Bucknall Park (9 ha) are both Strategic Parks located approximately 0.5 mile east of the city centre. The area north east of both Bucknall Park and Finney Gardens predominantly consists of council housing ranging from 2-3 bed semi-detached and terraces. Both Parks provide informal recreation.

Bucknall Park

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 196 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Fenpark Park, Glebedale Park and Fenton Park

Fenpark Park (23.84 ha) and Glebedale Park (7 ha) are both areas of green space located in Fenton an area which lies north west of Longton, an urbanised market town in the south of the conurbation. Fenton Park (14ha), a Strategic Park, is located immediately north of Fenpark Park and Glebedale Park. The types of property around the Parks predominantly consist of 2-3 bed semis, terraces and flats.

Fenton Park

Park Hall Country Park

Park Hall Country Park (149ha) is a Green Space, located east of Longton. The area accommodates a range of good quality 1980s 3-4 bed detached properties.

Lyme Valley Park

Lyme Valley Park (19.47 ha) is a Strategic Park located south east of Newcastle-under-Lyme. The primary purpose of the Park is to provide

September 2005 informal recreation and landscape and visual amenity. There are very few

residential properties directly overlooking the Park. The area is Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 197 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

characterised by a mixture of property types consisting mainly of detached and semi detached.

Selection of Residential Agents and Property

In order to obtain the relevant information and form a comprehensive view on the relationships between property values and green open spaces, local residential property experts were selected for interview. Property agents were selected on the basis of those regarded as the most active, experienced and recommended by other local market operators within the sub regional area.

In each of the areas surrounding the parks and green spaces, a range of residential property types were identified and selected on the basis of the following factors:

Overlooking a well designed and maintained park;

In streets nearby with ready access to the park; and

Properties with limited access to green space or only to poor quality space.

There are many factors that affect the value of similar property types. Therefore it was important to discount any external factors reflecting on the value of property and only the proximity to the park was to be considered. The three locations were identified carefully in order to eliminate the impact of additional local amenities that may affect value such as shops or schools – together with features that might detract from property values such as busy roads or industrial estates.

The results and opinions from local residential agents have been used as a broad framework from which to draw conclusions as to whether there is a direct relationship between the type and size of the green space and September 2005 different values for similar house types.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 198 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Agent Responses

Questions were put forward to local property agents to gain a perception of property values in relation to the green space areas outlined in Section 4. A broad typology of Parks and Green Spaces included those of varying size, quality, views and purpose were assessed to provide a comprehensive understanding of the interrelationships between property values.

Each of the Parks and Green Spaces analysed appeared to have a positive impact on the value of property. In some cases agents were keen

to note that the effect impacted on those properties “overlooking a well designed and maintained park” and ”in streets nearby with ready access to the park” than those ”properties with limited access to open space or only to poor quality space”. However the positive impact was not solely associated with Park and Green Space - often wider factors were identified.

Agents made clear that the economic, social and environmental benefits of good quality green spaces helped to create a positive image of the area, which consequently affect property values.

The universal conclusion of the property agents interviewed was that (all other factors being equal) a good quality Park or green space would add value to the surrounding property. The social impacts would also affect property values. As highlighted by local property agents Parks and green spaces providing attractive places for relaxation, peace and aesthetic

wildlife and park vegetation providing shade and stabilising urban temperatures would also impact positively on property values.

September 2005

Some property agents were keen to mention “minor” factors, which

emerged from the research. Factors related to park security and anti- Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 199 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

social behaviour. The security factor was also closely linked to whether properties were fronting or backing onto the green space. Depending on the nature, location and social context of the green space a row of houses fronting an area of green space may provide a source for supervision and discourage anti-social behaviour. On the other hand properties which back onto open space activity can be screened and therefore burglary risk is higher. This factor was highlighted at Bradwell Woods. However, in this case Agents were reluctant to quote property values in isolation relative to other factors.

The size of the park was also a factor mentioned by property agents.

Larger and well-established parks tend have a stronger positive effect on local property prices than smaller and newer parks. The different roles and purpose of the Parks and green spaces were discussed, and the general opinion was that the purpose itself is not a major factor that impacts upon property values. In addition, some agents mentioned that the maintenance of the green space concerned might have a knock on effect on property premiums. A consistently well maintained open space would tend to reflect positively on property values as opposed to those Parks and open spaces that were neglected.

In light of the complexity and range of the above factors, property agents were reluctant and in some cases incapable of providing realistic property values for quantitative analysis. They were confined under their knowledge and experience to draw comparisons of properties, which were marketed and sold by themselves or their company.

Although agents could not comment on property in an area overlooking the Park or green space which was not sold by their company one property agent quoted an uplift of between £3000-£5000 as typical of the value gradient affecting the value of a house overlooking or close to green September 2005

space. This was a general figure and did not take into consideration the precise proximity to the Park or green space and property type. In some Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 200 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

cases property types varied within the three locations to include overlooking, near and limited access to the Park or green space. It was therefore difficult to establish a realistic value reflecting the above factors. This problem was identified for properties near Glebedale Park as highlighted below:

Glebedale Park

A 2-bed apartment on Glebedale Court on the market for £119,950 (overlooking the park)

A 2-bed terrace property on Masterson Street on the market for

£72,950 (in streets nearby with ready access to the park)

A 2-bed terrace property on Smithpool Road on the market for £64,950 (property with limited access to the park)

Within the time scale available it was difficult for property agents to provide realistic values of similar property types within the three locations. However, agents were keen to mention that similar terrace properties within the vicinity of Parks and green spaces appeared to show higher property values than other property types. This was the case for similar properties near Festival Park as highlighted below:

Festival Park

A 2-bed terrace property on Century Road on the market for £49,500 (overlooking the park)

A 2-bed terrace property on Denbigh Street on the market for J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 £45,000 (in streets nearby with ready access to the park)

A 2-bed terrace property on Waterloo Road on the market for £40,000 (property with limited access to the park)

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 201 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Due to the difficulty in providing realistic property values a table has been drawn up to illustrate whether certain types of parks have a positive, negative or no effect on the value of property.

Effect on Secondary Park Primary Function Property Function Value

Target Wood and Bathpool Park Biodiversity Informal Recreation Positive

Westport Lake Park Informal Recreation Biological Positive

Bradwell Wood Biodiversity Informal Recreation Positive

Hanley Park Formal Recreation Landscape & Visual Positive Amenity

Festival Park Biodiversity Informal Recreation Positive

Finney Gardens Informal Recreation Operational Positive

Bucknall Park Informal Recreation Formal Recreation Positive

Fenpark Park Informal Recreation Landscape & Visual Positive Amenity

Glebedale Park Informal Recreation Formal Recreation Positive

Fenton Park Formal Recreation Informal Recreation Positive

Park Hall Country Park Positive

Lyme Valley Park Informal Recreation Landscape & Visual Positive Amenity

Property agents pointed out that the main factor influencing the value of property was the property itself. The property values were predominantly influenced by demand, due internal features, number of bedrooms, layout, proximity to local amenities and transport links. However it would also be September 2005

reasonable to conclude that local property agents agreed that proximity to

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 202 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

and overlooking of green space tends to generate a capital value premium.

The order of that premium will vary according to the specific circumstances but the £3-5k range in values for terraced housing quoted by one agent would seem reasonably typical from our observations to date – with the proviso that this would apply to well-maintained green space sites where there is no major recent history of crime and antisocial behaviour with its related stigma.

A high proportion of the terraced property assessed was valued in the

range £40-£75k, with a large proportion of semi-detached properties in the range £65-£120k. A typical percentage uplift for these types of properties would appear from our observations and the interviews with agents to lie in the 5%-15% range depending upon the degree to which the property overlooked the green space/park and had a positive access relationship with it. The value gradient between similar properties located close to significant parks and green space and those further afield without easy access to a green space was more difficult to establish, but would probably fall in the range 0-5% depending on circumstances.

It is suggested that a sample of the audited green spaces/parks be monitored over time to provide a benchmark for changes through the Pathfinder period as the market renewal programme progresses.

Case Studies

In addition to the local assessment in North Staffordshire consideration J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

has also been given to other national and international studies. These studies indicate several common themes of value uplift relationships between property and green spaces in a wide variety of development types and property market contexts. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 203 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

A larger and more elaborate study setting out a number of case studies has recently been produced by CABE in a Report entitled ‘Does Money Grow on Trees?

The CABE case studies selected demonstrate a clear relationship between green open spaces and property values. The case studies show that green spaces whether newly created or regenerated as part of a wider scheme have contributed to a positive uplift in the housing market and land values. The case studies provided, can assist in the formation of similar conclusions in property values in relation to green space areas and parks within North Staffordshire. Both national and international case studies have been selected as examples. The case studies provide three different locations to which the green space may have an affect which include:

On Park - Adjacent to the park

Off Park - A street/block or two away from the park

In Area - Further away from the park

In an article published on the Green Space website, CABE’s Chief Executive, Dr Richard Simmons, indicated that in relation to areas of lower demand or where regeneration is required ‘carefully considered temporary uses of redundant space could help raise land values, whereas simply grassing it over and leaving it could further depress the market. In the Growth Areas too, good quality parks and open spaces are one of the best ways to ensure new communities blend harmoniously with old’.

Mesnes Park, Newton-le-willows Mesnes Park was seen to be associated with crime and drug abuse. A £1 Million SRB funded investment transformed the green space which now September 2005

includes new woodlands, a wildflower meadow and a range of sports

facilities. Prior to the intervention, the fear of crime created a Park known by the local population as ’Smack Park’. Through to the mid-1990s, Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 204 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

planting in the park was overgrown and neglected, paths were worn and the play equipment was in a depressed state, not to be enjoyed by any child or family.

The restoration of the park consequently had a knock on effect on surrounding property values. Properties in the vicinity of the park command a very significant 19% premium over properties away from it.

Mesnes Park

The CABE publication ‘Does Money Grow on Trees’ states that ‘there is no difference in the average value of a three bed semi- detached house, on or off the park, with both locations, Willow Road and Park Road North, valued at £157,500. However, further away from the park but within the same market area, on Park Road South, values drop by a significant 19%’.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 205 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The values are indicated in the table below:

Location 1 Location 2 Location 3

‘On Park’ ‘Off park’ ‘In area’

Willow Road Park Road North Park Road South

Average value for 3 bed £157,500 £157,500 £132,000 semi-detached house

Value indexed 119 119 100

Premium for being on/off 19% 19% Mesnes Park

Mesnes Park has some parallels with the larger parks in North Staffordshire, including Hanley Park and Burslem Park which have recently been subject to significant investment. In the case of Burslem Park the adjoining Burslem Park residential area of terraced housing has maintained a relatively stable market position and appears to be perceived as a relatively desirable residential area of Victorian terraced housing partly due to its proximity to the park – despite a very regular monotonous high density form that in similar areas further away from the park has proved less popular with residents. This is a local North Staffordshire example of a terraced residential area where the market seems to be influenced positively by the relationship with attractive green space and where values appear to have held up as a result. The recent investments in the Park have provided further underpinning to this positive effect.

Hulme Park was a new park formed part of a regeneration programme designed specifically to increase surrounding property values and provide a sense of community cohesion. The implementation of the regeneration September 2005

programme was carried out by Moss Side and Hulme Partnership.

Funding in the region of £3 Million was provided from Hulme City Challenge, European Regional Development Fund and Bellway Homes. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 206 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The regeneration project involved demolishing large areas of Hulme and constructing a mixture of low rise flats and semi-detached town houses. As part of this regeneration project the central focal space was to be Hulme Park.

Hulme Park

There is a mix of residential property types within the regenerated area of Hulme. The assessment revealed a 7% difference in values between properties on the park and those away from the park but in the same market area, with on the park average values of £140,000 compared to £134,750 off the park. There was also a difference of 3% between the values of properties within the vicinity of the park and those in the same market area but further away from the park.

‘All the experts involved in the valuation exercise said that they would mention the park in the marketing of a property if it overlooked it’ (CABE - Does Money Grow on Trees?). The new 16 hectare park is bordered by a range of established and refurbished community, sports and leisure uses. September 2005

The values are indicated in the table below:

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 207 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Location 1 Location 2 Location 3

‘On Park’ ‘Off park’ ‘In area’

The Sanctuary Charles Barry New Welcome St Crescent

Average value for 2 bed flat £140,000 £134,750 £131,250

Value indexed 107 103 100

Premium for being on/off park 7% 3%

Manchester City Council takes overall responsibility for the management of the park with weekly visits by a group from Manchester’s Central Area Parks Maintenance Team.

Moreover, a newspaper article published in The Citizen on April 15th 2005 quoted that the house prices boom in Stockport was in direct response to the positive marketing effect of winning last year’s Britain in Bloom competition. The article goes on to state that ‘house prices in towns and cities with an award winning approach to landscaping and environmental management tend to by 23 per cent higher (£40,000) than their regional average.’ Tim Crawford, Group Economist at Halifax Estate Agents, commented ‘The British love affair with attractive towns is a strong as ever, so house buyers are clearly willing to pay a premium to live in picturesque surrounds. Civic pride and a commitment to maintaining an attractive townscape have clearly paid off for the Britain in Bloom winners. House prices in these towns are at a premium compared to those of their

Communities that participate in the Britain in Bloom campaign, organised by the Royal Horticultural Society (RHS) in partnership with B&Q gain the publicity and recognition of the ‘greening’ improvements and renovation

September 2005 within areas. Britain in Bloom involves a UK-wide campaign that

encourages village, town and cities to make lasting improvements to their local environments through the use of tress, shrubs, flowers and Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 208 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

landscaping, and to address sustainable development and cleanliness issues with input from the whole community.

These are the results of a recent study conducted by Halifax Estate Agents that analysed house price performance of the UK's most attractive towns and cities. It discovered that Britain in Bloom entries, in particular those who had received an RHS gold achievement award, have house prices 23% higher (£40,000) than other areas within their region.

Ilkley (Yorkshire) won the Britain in Bloom town category with a gold award in 2004 and has seen the most significant price increase, up 32% over the last 12 months to an average price of £274, 238.

Stockport (North West) also competed in the UK finals last year where they received a silver-gilt award and won the large city category. The average house price in Stockport has increased to £164,734, which is approximately £20,000 higher than the norm for the north west overall.

Roger Burnett, Vice-chairman of the Britain in Bloom UK Judges said, “For many years the RHS has recognised and promoted the benefits of participating in Britain in Bloom, including the positive impact it has on house prices. However, many entries also see an increase in tourism, a boost to the local economy through increased commerce, a significant decrease in litter, graffiti, and other anti-social behaviour and use the campaign to progress regeneration and sustainability projects.”

Seedley & Langworthy (Salford, Greater Manchester) has used participation in the campaign to contribute to a larger strategy of community and urban regeneration. Chair of the area’s Partnership Board, Chris Wells commented, “Our Britain in Bloom entry has been a vital part

pride. This has directly effected the public’s perception of the area and contributed to regenerated terraced houses achieving values of up to £70,000.” September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 209 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

At present there is no equivalent in North Staffordshire to a substantial new 16 hectare green space as a centrepiece for a newly redeveloped housing area. However the proposals currently included within the emerging City Waterside Master plan provide for the creation of a 0.55 hectare new park as the centre-piece of the proposed new 1000-home mixed tenure residential community in the South Hanley Area of Major Intervention (as defined in the Renew Prospectus). The smallest housing units proposed by private developers in this new area is the Redrow ‘Debut’ range, valued at around £60k. However most of the private housing to be developed will be valued from £100k upwards, well above the typical house price range in North Staffordshire’s urban core in general

and South Hanley in particular.

There could also be potential to replicate the type of housing market response to promotion of a wider ‘environmental beautification’ initiative suggested in the Stockport example through exploitation of proposals put forward in the emerging Spatial Strategy for North Staffordshire’s Urban Core developing the theme of North Staffordshire as the ‘Greenest City in Britain’

Mile End Park, London

Mile End Park in London is a mile long and just 150m across. It has been restored from a derelict piece of land into a mixed use park. Funding in the region of £25 million was provided from the Millennium Commission, English Partnerships, SRB and the European Regional Development Fund. Since the transformation, derelict plots and crumbling warehouses have been developed with high quality apartments. Vacant shops have J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

been taken up and have become thriving businesses to include cafes, estate agents, and solicitors practices. Lyme Valley Parkway is similar in shape and character to Mile End Park. As with Mile End Park, Lyme Valley Parkway provides landscape and September 2005

visual amenity and potential opportunities may emerge from linear

parkways to provide high quality green corridors. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 210 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Mile End Park

The area is characterised by a mixture of property types, although

Victorian terraces predominate. ‘With the valuation exercise indicating average values on the park of £356,667 for a three bedroom Victorian terrace typical of the area, compared to £341,667 off the park and £333,333 in the area, it would appear that there is a 7% premium for properties on the park’ (CABE - Does Money Grow on Trees?).

The values are indicated in the table below:

Location 1 Location 2 Location 3

‘On park’ ‘Off Park’ ‘In area

Haverfield Road Strahan Road Usher Road

Average value for 3 bed £356,667 £341,667 £333,333 Victorian terrace

Value indexed 107 103 100

Premium for being on/off park 7% 3%

management of the park and a Park Director and three rangers employed to carry out the maintenance of the park.

This example does indicate the potential opportunities that could emerge

September 2005 from relatively narrow linear spaces of significant size and impact. There

could be parallels in North Staffordshire’s situation in terms of new sites created through clearance of strips of older terraced housing along busy Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 211 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

road frontages currently affording residents poor environmental conditions (noise, traffic pollution etc). Use of the cleared sites in whole or part to provide high quality green corridors or linear spaces could potentially support values of properties adjoining/nearby – either in new-build redevelopment areas such as City Waterside or areas targeted for refurbishment and retention within the urban core and elsewhere. Similarly, disused railway lines could provide opportunities for high quality linear green spaces, linking the urban core area e.g. the Chatterley Valley to Norton Park route which could link with the Central Forest Park.

A slightly different and wider series of linked green spaces/ corridors lie

between the Knutton and Cross Heath estates in the Borough of Newcastle-under-Lyme. The green-space area – locally called ‘The Whammy’ – currently mainly takes the form of very large areas of gang- mown grass including some very poor quality sport pitch areas. Significant rationalisation of these spaces and investment in those identified to have the highest potential community value together with community and leisure facilities should form the key elements of the draft master plan under preparation for renewal of the estates and could provide considerable assistance in supporting values and the attractiveness of the renewed housing areas.

Arlington Business Park, Reading

To provide comparison with the effect of green space and a landscaped setting on commercial values, the CABE case studies were reviewed for business-oriented examples.

uses. The Business Park promotes a hi-tech work environment within high quality green spaces. Its occupiers include leading companies such as KPMG, Vodafone, Wolseley, and PepsiCo. Communal green spaces form a significant focal point around each business unit which occupies around September 2005

30% of the site area. The quality of design is maintained and enhanced by

landscape consultants and landscape contractors. Roger Wilson (Director Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 212 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

of Arlington Development Management) comments ‘our business parks command city centre rental values which is quite different to a lot of business parks’.

‘At Arlington Business Park, Reading, the commencing rental for customers such as Vodafone and Clearswift is around £29 per square foot. In addition, tenants pay a charge of £5.49 per square foot to cover the costs of servicing buildings, plots and the communal spaces. General rental levels in 2004 for commercial office space in other Thames Valley areas such as Marlow and High Wycombe were between £21 and £25 per square foot’ (CABE - Does Money Grow on Trees?).

Arlington Business Park

Roger Wilson, Director of Arlington Development Management states that ‘we can make it work because of the quality of the product we are delivering. What our customers are getting is a city centre standard office J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

in a park environment. They’re getting additional benefit by coming to Arlington that they would not get in city centre’.

The use of landscaping as an enhancement to underpin the land values, attractiveness and sustainability of employment areas is well-established September 2005

private sector practice in the UK, USA and western Europe. More recently

the same principles (adapted to circumstances) have been applied to the Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 213 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

restructuring and regeneration of older industrial estates and areas. A good example of this is the Speke Industrial Estate regeneration project, which was planned, managed and delivered by Scott Wilson for the Speke-Garston Development Company (a JV between the North West Development Agency and Liverpool City Council). The project led to the clearance and redevelopment of 21 acres of old industrial buildings and derelict/contaminated land. A new, well-landscaped spine road access, drainage and power infrastructure was created into the cleared backland area at the heart of the estate and fenced development plots were laid out. Particular attention was paid to landscaping of the gateway into the area and to the spine road and plot frontages. Plots were then sold freehold

under a development agreement requiring contributions to an overall site management and maintenance arrangement. The design of the buildings was also controlled carefully by the development company, operating to a design guide agreed with the local planning authority. The scheme (now known as Speke Venturepoint) has proved highly successful with Small and Medium Enterprises and was fully sold within 12 months of first plot release.

The application of business area landscape and environmental improvements within employment area restructuring is a key element of value creation and sustainability. This should be a helpful component of physical economic development projects to be considered by the North Staffordshire Regeneration Zone and other partners, including the new Science Park at Keele, the major Chatterley Valley employment development and any work undertaken to improve employment areas and sites in the Urban Core. Such economic regeneration measures are likely to play an important part in underpinning market restructuring and stabilisation measures in the future. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Jubilee Park, Canary Wharf, London

To consider the role of formal green space in a higher density, high value September 2005

commercial environment the CABE case studies were reviewed to select

an example related to a ‘city centre’ setting. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 214 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Jubilee Park is a roof garden built above an underground railway station. Jubilee Park is the largest green space at Canary Wharf. It includes a serpentine water feature and a pavilion entrance to the new Jubilee Place shopping small, which is situated below the park. The dominant feature of the park is the central, raised water feature. There are twenty-two single fountains and pools, some of which are raised to facilitate better public interaction with the water.

‘Tony Partington, managing director of Canary Wharf Management, calls Jubilee Park, “a rural park in an urban setting… a little of the (Yorkshire) Dales, a little of the Lake District, a little of the Peak District’.

Jubilee Park

‘It used to be seen by people in the City as a barren wasteland,’ says Iain

practice with 300 staff at 40 Bank Street, overlooking Jubilee Park. ‘But it’s now seen as a much more vibrant community, with a good choice of retail and green spaces. It’s generally regarded as a pleasant place of work. It’s certainly not regarded as the back of beyond anymore. Plus, people September 2005

recognise that the City is spreading east, and that is bound to continue’

(CABE - Does Money Grow on Trees?). Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 215 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The average for a 2 bed flat include the following:

Location 1 Location 2

‘On park’ ‘Off park’

Average value for 2 bed flat £512,936 £471,102

Value indexed 109 100

Premium for being on/off park 9%

The surrounding property markets mainly include flats, which are predominantly occupied by banking professionals, either singles or childless couples, who wish to live within easy distance of work, either in Canary Wharf of the City.

There are no residential properties on the Canary Wharf estate, however, one scheme is located just on the edge of the estate and another is located on the border of the estate is currently being developed. The valuation figures quoted in the CABE document ‘Does money grow on trees?’ were based on hypothetical residential buildings. ‘Agents believed that if a residential scheme was to exist on the Canary Wharf estate the better aspect provided by overlooking a park would provide a premium of 9 per cent, with on park values commanding £512,936 compared to £471,102 off the park’. Local agents highlighted that ‘the impact on values of a green space the size of Jubilee Park would only be felt on the lower

This is a ‘city centre’ and ‘town centre’ model of green space linked to higher value, high density commercial, mixed and residential September 2005 developments. There are potential parallels with the types of spaces that could be enhanced, remodelled and/or created in the centre of Hanley, Newcastle, or Stoke. Such spaces could play an important part in Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 216 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

underpinning ‘city living’ and major commercial initiatives to attract service sector and knowledge-based employment such as the proposed new business quarter in Hanley.

Ex-industrial Parks

Formerly the industrial powerhouse of Europe, the Ruhr in Germany was a derelict, polluted wasteland with attendant social and economic problems. Since 1989 the federal land of North-Rhine Westphalia has been coordinating an ambitious regeneration masterplan for the region, comprising over 100 individual landscape, regeneration and architectural projects

spread over an area of 800 square kilometres. A new oval park, housing and supermarket have already been built as part of the area’s gradual regeneration. Emscher Park was related to the most problematic part of the Ruhr District, it has involved a colossal enterprise of restructuring and redevelopment. Projects involving regeneration would inevitably raise the value of property but there is no available documented evidence on how green space has affected the value of property in the area. This case study has relevance to the area of Etruria Valley in Stoke.

A research study ‘Creating an Urban Ecosystem of Green and Blue Spaces in Baltimore’ conducted by the University of Maryland has provided further case studies compiled for other cities that demonstrate the economic benefit of healthy open space within a neighbourhood by increased property taxes, property sales prices and homeownership.

Although Patterson Park (approx. 36 Acres) in Baltimore City was not an ex-industrial park it has had major improvements made to it through capital improvement projects and restoration projects. Consequently, Patterson Park in Baltimore City has seen an increase in property values in the J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Patterson Park area. ‘In 1997, the average sales price for a home in this area was $53,000. Currently, the average sales prices are $125,000. Such property value increases contribute to the tax base of the City such that the Park has become an asset and not a liability’. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 217 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Waterways/Canal Corridors

An interesting report on ‘Waterside Properties’ produced by David Robert Fisher (Property and Development Manager for British Waterways) provides of view of how a waterway corridor can affect the value of land and property in its vicinity and the effect on property of restoration of a waterway. This report’s conclusions may be of particular relevance to the ‘City Waterside’ renewal area in the Hanley South Area of Major Intervention and to other canal-side and waterside sites in North Staffordshire.

The BW report notes that a study carried out by Newcastle University into residential property values in 1992 confirmed that water does add value to property. Two environmental economics techniques were employed in the Newcastle study which included:

1. A contingent valuation approach (CVM), based on the expert judgement on the premiums associated with residential properties adjacent to and close to waterways; and

2. A hedonic house price model (HPM), based on actual sales of (1) waterside properties, (2) other houses near waterways, and (3) houses at some distance from waterways.

Both models found a positive influence associated with the proximity of residential properties to canals and navigable rivers. The expert judgement CVM approach found that the average premium associated with properties with a water frontage, compared with those at some distance from the canal or river was 19%. The premium of other properties in a waterside J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 development compared with those at some distance away from the water

was 8%.

The percentage increases derived from the HPM method were significantly September 2005

lower than those obtaining using CVM. For the London area, the location of a property on the waterside added a premium of about 3% to house Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 218 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

prices compared with those away from waterways. The equivalent figure for the West Midlands sample was 5%. In the London sample, properties close to, but not beside, the waterway commanded a premium of about 1.5%.

The figures under the two types of methods differ significantly. This is because ‘the CVM results relate to new property developments in a pristine waterway environment, with superior water quality. The HPM approach relates to the existing waterside property stock and includes properties in older, more run-down areas, where environmental and water quality would be below that which would be acceptable for a modern

development’.

Waterways regeneration has also raised the popularity for commercial initiatives, typical examples would include, Merry Hill, Dudley; Brindley Place, Birmingham; Victoria Quays, Sheffield and Town Wharf, Walsall.

In comparison, negative features may consequently have a negative effect on property prices such as litter rubbish, graffiti electricity pylons, pipe bridges and other cable crossings.

A number of key housing sites proposed within the Urban Core have a strong relationship with the Caldon and Trent and Mersey Canal Corridors. The proposed City Waterside developments in South Hanley are explicitly seeking to exploit the waterside environment and other important potential sites nearby at Cliff Vale and Etruria Works would seek to exploit the J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

waterside to maximise values and quality.

Smaller Incidental Green Spaces within Urban Areas September 2005

Apart from the larger Green Spaces and Parks there is evidence from our

experience – and anecdotally in relation to individual housing areas – that Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 219 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

smaller local green spaces can contribute to value if they are of sufficient quality, provided their management is effective and that the potential for anti-social behaviour is well-controlled through layouts that permit direct overlooking. The EDAW master plan for the proposed new ‘City Waterside’ redevelopment area seeks to create new small green spaces that add value to the creation of a sustainable community.

On the other hand green spaces that are not directly overlooked from the frontages of residential property, that are badly managed or unmanaged, that gather litter, waste and abandoned cars and tend to be the focus for anti-social behaviour can create problems for local residents and can be

seen as negative features that could potentially depress property values if a stigma develops around them. There are a number of green spaces that are perceived as threatening by some local people in North Staffordshire, including ‘The Whammy’ green space located between the former Lower Milehouse and Knutton local authority housing estates in Newcastle. This issue is being addressed through the Knutton-Cross Heath Area of Major Intervention master plan proposals. It is interesting to note here that despite the mixed reputation of ‘The Whammy,‘ a street of former Council houses backing onto this green space has a seen a number of ‘Right to Buy’ purchases and is popular despite wider stigma created by serious issues of crime and anti-social behaviour elsewhere on the estate.

International comparisons

In addition to the case studies provided above (all of which are located within England), international examples are also provided below. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

A report published by RSK Environment Ltd on behalf of Greening for Growth ‘Business Case for the Environment Research Study - Summary of Principal Findings’ (March 2003) found from their research that ‘the September 2005

presence of trees in residential areas increase houses prices by 3-7%.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 220 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Proximity to woodland has the greatest impact by increasing prices by the upper value of 7%’.

The Greening for Growth Partnership report provides a chapter on the ‘Influence on Property Values and Preferred Living Location’ in which they provide international references of how trees and green space directly affect the value of houses.

‘In Denmark, houses in natural environments sell for 25% more than those in non-natural environments (Dissing, 2002). This is particularly true when they are located within 30-45 minutes of an urban centre (Ten Brink et al, 2002). Danish residents in recent living environment evaluations consciously rank their immediate green-scape as the most important quality of their living environment’ (Randrup et al, 2000).

Randrup et al (2002) reported that a front yard tree gave a 1% increase in house sales price in California. Anderson and Cordell (1988) showed that landscaping with trees was associated with a 3.5 - 4.5% increase in the sales prices of houses.

Kim and Johnson (2002) found that proximity to woodland raises house prices by 7% while proximity to water raises house prices by 4%. The former effect gets stronger the closer the houses get to the woodland.

Praestholm et al (2002) reported that the estimated benefit in terms of

ha afforested land (£11,700per ha). House prices were found to decrease by 0.04% for every 1% increase in distance away from the forest edge: an important factor for choice of dwelling was proximity to green areas. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 221 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

In summary, these findings demonstrate that the presence of trees in residential areas increase house prices by 3-7%. This can take the form of tree-lined streets, the presence of a park containing trees or proximity to woodland; the latter has the greatest impact by increasing prices by the upper limit of 7%‘.

In support of the above research which concludes that good quality parks and green spaces provides a positive influence on property values, a report published by Greater London Authority, ‘Valuing Greenness - Green spaces, house prices and Londoners’ priorities’ (June 2003) also examines the whether the value of green space is reflected by house

prices. The report examined whether the quantity and quality of open green spaces in various wards within London had an effect on house prices. The report concluded that ‘Average house prices are particularly high in the west end and central London. Areas in Richmond upon Thames and Merton have significantly high house prices mainly due to open green spaces and rich amenity value of the location. Richmond Park and the Royal Botanical gardens are situated in Richmond upon Thames, along with the Thames River. Relatively high prices in Bromley in the Green Belt show that people want to live close to London and enjoy the environmental benefits and less stressful lifestyle of the south east. This also implies that people prefer areas of low density dwelling with larger plots of land, gardens and more privacy’‘.

A report prepared by David W. Hobden, Gary E. Laughton, and Katherine E. Morgan entitled ‘Green space borders - a tangible benefit?’, produced evidence from four neighbourhoods in Surrey, British Columbia (1980- J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 2001) concluding that ‘neighbourhoods during the era from 1980 to 2001,

supported by relevant data and based upon an analysis of the factors influencing value, strongly supports the influence that a green space border increases the value of single-family property’. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 222 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

In summation, the above case studies suggest that a significant uplift in residential and commercial property values can reasonably be anticipated as a direct consequence of the existence or creation of a good quality park or open space within the vicinity. The uplift in property value depends on various attributes, which include the proximity, quality, and the size of the green space, but also how long the space has been established (suggesting that the perception/reputation for environmental quality is built up over time as green spaces mature and local recognition and appreciation spreads).

In addition to the direct effect on residential property values, the positive influence on nearby property prices may have a knock-on effect upon the attraction and retention of businesses in an area. In turn this would also help to support the local economy and provide opportunities for those in local employment to afford to buy property of their own. Furthermore, additional economic benefits may stem from the improvement and regeneration of green spaces. These may include direct employment that parks, play areas and other green spaces can provide for local people and the opportunities for commercial operations taking advantage of the green space setting or other activities of green space users.

The case studies reinforce the findings of the interviews with local estate agents and we have found that they can be related to local examples and circumstances in North Staffordshire’s housing market renewal and related economic regeneration programmes. The value uplift figures quoted have been taken into account in providing broad estimates of the potential for value uplift relevant to market renewal in North Staffordshire.

Qualitative Matrix Model The following Qualitative Matrix Model has been developed to provide a tool to show the relationship between a green space and its proximity to a property located in a particular location. The Model is separated into two September 2005

levels. Level 1 - illustrates the impact of a Green Space Function in

relation to the following locations: Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 223 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Adjacent to the Green Space / Strategic Park;

A Street / Block or two away from the Green Space / Strategic Park;

Further away from the Green Space / Strategic Park.

Location of Property QUALITATIVE MATRIX MODEL A Street / Block or two away Further away from the Adjacent to the Green from the Green Space / Green Space / Strategic Space / Strategic Park Strategic Park Park

FORMAL HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM

INFORMAL MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW

REDUNDANT LOW LOW LOW

WATERSIDE / HIGH MEDIUM LOW CANALSIDE Green Space Function Function Green Space

QUALITY 0-30% 0-15% 0-5%

September 2005

The functions of green space have been selected to include those, which reflect the type, which are most accounted for within the study area of North Staffordshire. The functions are defined below: Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 224 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Formal – An open space used predominantly for formal uses, such as organised sport and equipped play;

Informal – An open space used predominantly for informal uses, such as walking and peace and quiet.

Redundant – An open space which is no longer fulfilling its original function e.g. housing/industrial buildings have been demolished or open space has been neglected, quite common for this type of site to have a

biodiversity function; and

Waterside – An area of open space incorporating water such as canals, rivers, ponds and lakes.

The impact is assessed on the basis of high, medium, low and excludes specific factors, which may affect the value of a property.

Level 2 of the Matrix Model has taken account of only two factors, which are considered the major determinants, affecting the value of property. These factors include:

The quality of the open space - depending on the quality of open space the value of property can be influenced by between 0-30% for a property

located a Street/Block or two away from the Green Space/Strategic Park and 0-5% for a property located further away from the Green Space/Strategic Park. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 225 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Anti-social behaviour - depending on whether there is any anti-social behaviour the value of property can be influenced by between (–30%) - (+30%) for a property adjacent to the Green Space/Strategic Park, 0%-5% for a property located a Street/Block or two away from the Green Space/Strategic Park and 0% for property located further away from the Green Space/Strategic Park.

The Matrix Model can be used to form a general conclusion of the impact the type of green space has on property in respect of its proximity. General conclusions can also be drawn on the quality of green space and whether there is any anti-social behaviour, which may affect the value of

property depending on its location.

Summary

Open spaces of varying quality were selected in order to obtain a broad understanding of the value impact across the sub-region. The purpose of undertaking such a study was to draw conclusions as to whether there is any uplift or discount in value for properties on or near Parks and green spaces and whether it is quantifiable.

As for many of the national and international case studies and examples quoted, there also appears to be qualitative evidence of a positive relationship between the value of residential properties and proximity and accessibility to good quality parks and green spaces in North Staffordshire. Although it is possible to identify examples through qualitative observation within the constraints of the resources available for this study the precise J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 quantification of this relationship has proved more difficult to establish.

Structured systematic analysis of the isolated effect of green space tends to be complicated due to additional local and property-specific factors which may also influence values. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 226 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Based upon the observations and interviews undertaken we suggest the likely value uplift ranges for the most common typical house-types as between 5%-15% depending upon the specific circumstances of the property and green spaces concerned, with the differential between similar properties in an area well-served by green space and those in a poorly- served area as falling in the range between 0% and 5%, dependent on the local circumstances.

It is clear from the responses to the Neighbourhood Survey and to the ‘Soft Market Testing’ exercise with local property agents that a positive value relationship exists for properties over looking or close to the

assessed green spaces and parks. It is also clear that these relationships at the level of individual properties are complex and are influenced by factors such as orientation, anti-social behaviour, security, views, the quality of the space and the quality of the maintenance and management.

The CABE Report ‘Does Money Grow on Trees?’ suggests that there are many factors which affect the value of property: ‘whether properties face onto or back onto the park; the level of housing demand in the area; the affluence of homeowners in the area; population characteristics in local housing markets and the presence of other positive features in the area which also influence market value’.

This locally gathered evidence confirms the broad findings of research elsewhere, together with extensive anecdotal and intuitive responses. The development of the Matrix Model provides a basic tool which can be used

has on property in respect of its proximity. General conclusions can also be drawn on the quality of green space and whether there is any anti- social behaviour, which may affect the value of property depending on its location. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 227 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

In order to place a more precise financial value on the cost benefit of investment in new open space or upgrading of existing open space consideration could be given to extending this area of the study to enable a longer term piece of structured research to be prepared and completed over the early phases of the Pathfinder’s housing market renewal programme.

Principles

Based on the findings of the policy and best practice review described in the North Staffordshire Green Space Audit Phase 1 and 2 Final Report

(Scott Wilson, August 2005) as well as the review of the local property market, a set of principles linking green space investment and a positive uplift in the local housing market or land values have been identified. In addition, the case studies contained in “Does Money Grow on Trees” and CABE’s “Start with the Park” have also been used to inform these principles which are summarised as follows:

New developments should be designed to provide as many properties as possible with views of green space. In certain circumstances this may require the avoidance of tall buildings immediately adjacent to the park or large-scale buildings which limit views into the park.

Where, in the more likely event, that a number of properties in a development cannot obtain a view of green space, developments should be designed to allow clear, legible and quick access to local green space.

Although only an implication for a minority of purchasers, in providing views and access to green space, developers should minimise the

and are hence, perceived to be vulnerable to crime.

Master plans should provide residential frontages facing the park to allow natural surveillance. September 2005

Green spaces should be designed and managed to minimise fear of crime amongst the community that it serves. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 228 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Green spaces should be maintained to a good quality to create and maintain a positive image for the area.

A tranquil area which feels safe and can be used for relaxation and is designed to be aesthetically appealing is an important element in local green spaces. This has implications for the planning of open spaces in conjunction with proposed or existing main roads.

Green spaces should provide a range of facilities, habitats and uses that appeal to all sections of the community.

Existing established good quality parks should be retained and improved in favour of creation of a new park as the prestige of the

location may influence property values.

Master plans should create a larger green space in favour of a series of smaller, dispersed spaces.

Where a master plan proposed a series of green spaces, these should be clearly linked, rather than isolated parks.

It is not necessary to clearly define an edge to a park. Extending park-like elements such as trees and layout design into its environs may improve its financial sphere of influence or value gradient.

Marketing the value of a local green space to local residents and visitors may augment the size and coverage of potential property value increases.

Research has shown that where master plans incorporate terraced residential layouts, these principles will be particularly important.

New green spaces should complement the function and facilities of the surrounding existing green spaces.

informed by community need and also maintenance considerations.

A summary of the principles would indicate that a high level and focus on September 2005

layout and urban design, together with a good standard of management

and control over antisocial behaviour are all important in maximising the Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 229 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

potential of the influence of green space on the local residential property values.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 230 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

5 ANALYSIS

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 231 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

5.1 Sub-regional demographics

Information relating to the following aspects has been used to gain an understanding of the demographic profile of Urban North Staffordshire.

Age;

Ethnicity;

Economic Activity;

Health; and

Vehicle Ownership.

In all cases, statistics used are from the Census 2001 data (Office National Statistics), available at ward level are used to calculate figures at Analysis Area, Regional and National level. The results are used to compare Urban North Staffordshire within the context of West Midlands and England and Wales.

Age

Age Structure

100%

80% 75 and Over 60% 60-74

40% 30-59 20-29 20% 16-19 0% Under 15 Percentage of Population Kidsgrove J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 Town Centre West Midlands Newcastle East

Newcastle South England and Wales Greater Chesterton Stoke-on-Trent North Stoke-on-Trent South Stoke-on-Trent Central Western Urban Villages Analysis Area September 2005

Table 5.1a: Age (%) for Urban North Staffordshire by Analysis Area

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 232 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The 2001 Census recorded that the largest age group within urban North Staffordshire totalling 40% of the population is the 30-59 age bracket. This compares to the West Midlands and the England and Wales average of 41%. The next highest group representation is under 15 at 19% which is just below the average of West Midlands 21% and England and Wales 20%.

The area with the highest percentage of under 15 year olds is Greater Chesterton, 24% compared with the Urban North Staffordshire average of 19%. Newcastle Town Centre has the highest percentage of 20-29 year olds, 21% compared to 13% across the study area and the highest

percentage of people aged 75 and over, 12% compared the 8% across the study area. Stoke-on-Trent Central has the highest percentage of 20-29 year olds in Stoke-on-Trent, 17% compared with 12% in Stoke-on-Trent North and South. The percentage age structure in each analysis area plus West Midlands and England and Wales is shown in Table 5.1a above.

Ethnicity

The majority of Urban North Staffordshire’s population is White British (95%), which is above average for the West Midlands (86%) and England and Wales (87%). There are less Mixed; Asian or Asian British; Black or Black British; Chinese or other ethnic group populations in Urban North Staffordshire than across the West Midlands and England and Wales as a whole, however Stoke-on-Trent North and Central have higher proportions of ethnic minority groups than other areas within the study area. The percentage ethnicity structure in each analysis area plus West Midlands and England is shown in Table 5.1b below. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 233 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Ethnicity Chinese or other ethnic group: Other ethnic group Chinese or other ethnic group: Chinese 100% Black or Black British: Other Black

80% Black or Black British: African

Black or Black British: Caribbean 60% Asian or Asian British: Other Asian

Asian or Asian British: Bangladeshi 40% Asian or Asian British: Pakistani

20% Asian or Asian British: Indian Percentage of Population

Mixed: Other Mixed 0% Mixed: White and Asian

Mixed: White and Black African

Kidsgrove Mixed: White and Black Caribbean Town Centre West Midlands

Newcastle East White: Other White Newcastle South Greater Chesterton England and Wales White: Irish Stoke-on-Trent North Stoke-on-Trent South Stoke-on-Trent Central Western Urban Villages White: British Analysis Area

Table 5.1b: Ethnicity (%) for Urban North Staffordshire by Analysis Area

Economic Activity

57% of the population in Urban North Staffordshire are economically active: employed and 3% are economically active: unemployed. The unemployment percentage is below that of the West Midlands at 4%, however the employment figure is lower than both the West Midlands (60%) and England and Wales (61%), indicating that there are higher percentages of economically inactive people in Urban North Staffordshire. For example, Urban North Staffordshire has a higher percentage of it’s population either retired or permanently sick/ disabled compared to both

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 234 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

There is a notably high percentage of retired people in Newcastle South, 20% compared to the Urban North Staffordshire Average of 15%. Also, the following areas have a slightly higher percentage of permanently sick/ disabled people (10%) compared to the study area average (8%);

Stoke-on-Trent North;

Stoke-on-Trent South;

Greater Chesterton;

Western Urban Villages.

Table 5.1c below shows the percentage economic structure in each analysis area plus West Midlands and England and Wales.

Economic Activity People aged 16-74: Economically inactive: Other 100% People aged 16-74: Economically inactive: 80% Permanently sick / disabled

People aged 16-74: 60% Economically inactive: Looking after home / family

40% People aged 16-74: Economically inactive: Student

20% Percentage of Population People aged 16-74: Economically inactive: Retired 0%

People aged 16-74: Economically active: Full-time student Kidsgrove J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 Town Centre People aged 16-74: West Midlands Newcastle East

Newcastle South Economically active: Greater Chesterton

England and Wales Unemployed Stoke-on-Trent North Stoke-on-Trent South Stoke-on-Trent Central Western Urban Villages People aged 16-74: Analysis Area Economically active: employed September 2005

Table 5.1c: Economic Activity (%) for Urban North Staffordshire by Analysis Area

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 235 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

General Health

63% of Urban North Staffordshire’s population state their General Health is ‘Good’ with 12% stating ‘Not Good’. These figures are slightly negative when compared to the West Midlands of ‘Good’ 67% and ‘Not Good’ 10%, and to the England and Wales averages of ‘Good’ 69% and ‘Not Good’ 9%. Furthermore, in all cases the areas within Urban North Staffordshire score the same or lower for ‘Good’ and the same or higher for ‘Not Good’ compared to both the West Midlands and England and Wales. The percentage general health structure in each analysis area plus West Midlands and England is shown in Table 5.1d below.

General Health

100%

80%

60% General health: Not good General health: Fairly good 40% General health: Good

20%

Percentage of Population 0% Kidsgrove Town Centre West Midlands Newcastle East Newcastle South Greater Chesterton England and Wales Stoke-on-Trent North Stoke-on-Trent South Stoke-on-Trent Central Western Urban Villages Analysis Area

Table 5.1d: General Health (%) for Urban North Staffordshire by Analysis Area

Vehicle Ownership 45% of households in Urban North Staffordshire own 1 car (or van) which is comparable with the figures for the West Midlands (43%) and England and Wales (44%). The next highest percentage in Urban North September 2005

Staffordshire is no cars (or vans) at 31%, which is above the average for

the regional and national average of 27%. Urban North Staffordshire also Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 236 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

has less than the regional and national average for households with two or more cars or vans. The percentage vehicle ownership structure in each analysis area plus West Midlands and England is shown in Table 5.1e below.

Vehicle Ownership

100% Households with four or more cars or vans 80% Households with three cars or vans

60% Households with two cars or vans

40% Households with one car or van

20% Households with no cars or vans

Table 5.1e: Level of Current Provision: Typology and Access

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 237 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

5.2 Level of Current Provision: Typology and Access

The site capture identified a total of 932 green spaces across the conurbation of urban North Staffordshire. The number of sites by typology and access are shown in Tables 5.2a and 5.2b respectively.

Typology Newcastle- Stoke-on-Trent Urban North under-Lyme Staffordshire Parks 28 31 59 Gardens 5 2 7 Semi-Natural 38 60 98 Green Corridors 13 60 73

Outdoor Sports 40 66 106 Amenity Space 90 144 234 Institutional 19 41 60 Operational/Vacant/Derelict 5 80 85 Agricultural 2 46 48 Industrial Heritage Space 2 2 Playgrounds 16 31 47 Allotments 9 75 84 Churchyard/Cemetery 12 17 29

TOTAL 277 655 932 Table 5.2a: Number of Sites by Typology

Access Newcastle- Stoke-on-Trent Urban North under-Lyme Staffordshire Unrestricted 198 350 548

Restricted 18 107 125

TOTAL 277 655 932

September 2005 Table 5.2b: Number of Sites by Access

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 238 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Figure 5.2 shows the distribution of types of sites throughout the study area and Figure 5.3 the distribution of access categories. These maps indicate the following:

There is an even distribution of unrestricted sites although the larger sites tend to appear towards the edge of the urban area;

Limited and restricted sites, especially the larger sites tend to appear towards the edge of the urban area:

There are areas where there is an abundance of all types of green space, for example within Stoke-on-Trent North;

Within other areas there is a clear lack of green spaces, and the

sites which do exist are much smaller, for example within Stoke-on- Trent South; and

Particular areas seem to provide more of one type of green space. For example, the concentration of semi-natural sites in south eastern wards of Stoke-on-Trent Central and of amenity sites in Greater Chesterton Analysis Areas.

The typology and access categories are also shown at analysis area level in Figures 5.2a to 5.2f. To combine the two elements, the sites are block coloured by typology with the site boundary indicating the access criteria.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 239 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

5.3 Level of Current Provision: Quantity

The current, overall level of unrestricted green space across urban North Staffordshire is 6.6 hectares per 1000 population. Table 5.3a below details the amount of unrestricted green space per 1000 Population for each analysis area.

Ha Unrestricted Ha per 1000 Ward Green Space Population Population

Stoke-on-Trent North 654.79 70901 9.2

Stoke-on-Trent Central 590.51 80996 7.3

Stoke-on-Trent South 348.92 88739 3.9

Kidsgrove 193.06 24112 8.0

Newcastle East 128.08 22334 5.7

Greater Chesterton 64.69 11678 5.5

Western Urban Villages 118.12 13930 8.5

Town Centre 5.89 4453 1.3

Newcastle South 137.27 21549 6.4

TOTAL for Stoke-on-Trent 1594.22 240636 6.6

TOTAL for Newcastle 647.11 98056 6.6

TOTAL OVERALL 2241.33 338692 6.6

Table 5.3a: Hectares of Unrestricted Green Space per 1000 population

highest quantity at 9.2 hectares per 1000 population and Newcastle Town Centre with the lowest at 1.3 hectares per 1000 population, as shown in Table 5.3b. Despite the variations, both Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stoke- September 2005

on-Trent have the same overall level of green space per 1000 population.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 240 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Ha per 1000 Amount Above or Below Study Area Analysis Area Population Average

Stoke-on-Trent North 9.2 2.6+ Much Higher

Stoke-on-Trent Central 7.3 0.7+ Slightly Higher

Stoke-on-Trent South 3.9 2.7- Much Lower

Kidsgrove 8.0 1.4+ Moderately Higher

Newcastle East 5.7 0.9- Slightly Lower

Greater Chesterton 5.5 1.1- Moderately Lower

Western Urban Villages 8.5 1.9+ Moderately Higher

Town Centre 1.3 5.3- Much Lower

Newcastle South 6.4 0.2- Slightly Lower

Table 5.3b: Amount of Green Space Above or Below Study Area Average

Table 5.3c shows Urban North Staffordshire’s current level of green space provision in comparison with recent studies in other areas. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 241 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Recent Open Space Standards Hectares of Unrestricted Open Space per 1000 Population (Draft Standards)

London Borough of Tower 1.6ha/1000 Hamlets

London Borough of Lambeth 1.6ha/1000

London Borough of Southwark 2.6ha/1000

London Borough of Sutton 2.9ha/1000

London Borough of Croydon 4.3ha/1000

Oxford City Council 4.6ha/1000

Urban North Staffordshire 6.6ha/1000

Redditch Borough Council 8.7ha/1000

Reading Borough Council 9.7ha/1000

Chorley Borough Council 10.01ha/1000

Table 5.3c: Quantity Comparisons between Recent Open Space Standards

Figure 5.4 shows the results of the quantity calculations graphically, with the darkest red areas showing areas of lowest provision and the darkest blue areas of highest provision. The wards within the following analysis areas showing the lowest provision are as follows:

Kidsgrove

Stoke-on-Trent North

East Valley September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 242 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Stoke-on-Trent Central

Northwood and Birches Head

Newcastle East

Porthill

Wolstanton

May Bank

Town Centre

Newcastle Town Centre

Stoke-on-Trent North

Hartshill and Penkhull

Stoke and Trent Vale

Stoke-on-Trent South

Trentham and Hanford

Blurton

Longton South

Longton North

Areas showing the highest levels of provision are as follows: J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Kidsgrove

Talke

September 2005

Newcastle East

Bradwell Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 243 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Stoke-on-Trent North

Chell and Packmoor

Norton and Bradeley

Burslem South

Stoke-on-Trent South

Bentilee and Townsend

Berryhill and Hanley East

Figure 5.5 develops the results to compare quantity against the Index of Multiple Deprivation in order to assess the population profile in areas of both surplus and deficient green space provision. The map shows varying situations in each of the Analysis Areas as follows:

Kidsgrove and Northern wards within Newcastle East

High amount of green space, Average deprivation

Stoke-on-Trent North and eastern wards within Stoke-on-Trent Central

High amount of green space, High level of deprivation

Western wards within Stoke-on-Trent Central and wards within Western Urban Villages and the Town Centre J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Low amount of green space, High deprivation

Stoke-on-Trent South (excluding Trentham ward) September 2005

Low amount of green space, High deprivation

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 244 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Newcastle South

Average amount of green space, Low deprivation

Stoke-on-Trent South (Trentham)

Low amount of open space, Low level of deprivation

This level of detail allows recommendations to be developed for the specific issues highlighted above such as; low quantity provision within areas of High Deprivation but also low quantity provision within areas of

low deprivation.

It is important to maintain the amount of unrestricted green space where applicable, although this may not be a realistic option across all analysis areas. Some areas will not be able to accommodate such a provision due to their limited size or due to the density of the built environment. Therefore alternative mechanisms for measuring quantity may be appropriate.

Once such way would be to compare the provision with the existing NPFA standard. This standard is 6 acres or 2.4 hectares per 1000 population, which is the most commonly used national standard. This standard has limitations however, and must be taken in context, as this is a standard for outdoor playing space defined as ‘Space that is safely accessible and available to the general public, and of suitable size and nature, for sport, active recreation and children’s play’. It is a significant component, but not

For this study, additional calculations have been carried out to indicate the levels of green space provided by different functions or purposes of sites. September 2005

Tables 5.3d to 5.3f below detail the amount of open space provided by

sites with a primary or secondary purpose of informal, formal or Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 245 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

biodiversity, regardless of whether the site is unrestricted, limited or restricted. Because both the primary and secondary purpose has been used, some sites will fall into more than one category.

Ha Informal Function Green Ha per 1000 Ward Space Population Population Stoke-on-Trent North 625.2 70901 8.8

Stoke-on-Trent Central 698.6 80996 8.6

Stoke-on-Trent South 469.5 88739 5.3

Kidsgrove 188.0 24112 7.8

Newcastle East 125.5 22334 5.6

Greater Chesterton 59.0 11678 5.1

Western Urban Villages 65.9 13930 4.7

Town Centre 9.2 4453 2.1

Newcastle South 140.9 21549 6.5

TOTAL for Stoke-on-Trent 1793.4 240636 7.5

TOTAL for Newcastle 588.5 98056 6.0

TOTAL OVERALL 2381.8 338692 7.0

Table 5.3d: Hectares of Informal Green Space per 1000 population

Table 5.3d indicates that there is a high level of informal green space (7 hectares per 1000 population), just above the study area level of Unrestricted green space. Stoke-on-Trent has more green space providing J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

informal recreation than Newcastle-under-Lyme.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 246 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Ha Formal Function Ha per 1000 Ward Green Space Population Population

Stoke-on-Trent North 215.3 70901 3.0

Stoke-on-Trent Central 220.6 80996 2.7

Stoke-on-Trent South 285.9 88739 3.2

Kidsgrove 109.1 24112 4.5

Newcastle East 33.9 22334 1.5

Greater Chesterton 19.3 11678 1.7

Western Urban Villages 116.5 13930 8.4

Town Centre 9.5 4453 2.1

Newcastle South 88.3 21549 4.1

TOTAL for Stoke-on-Trent 721.7 240636 3.0

TOTAL for Newcastle 376.6 98056 3.8

TOTAL OVERALL 1098.3 338692 3.2

Table 5.3e: Hectares of Formal Green Space per 1000 population

Table 5.3e indicates that for Formal Recreation, the amount of green space fulfilling this purpose (3.2 hectares per 1000 population) is significantly lower in comparison to the total amount of unrestricted green space. In this instance, Newcastle-under-Lyme provides slightly more formal recreation green space than Stoke-on-Trent, with Western Urban Villages providing more than 8 hectares per 1000 population.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 247 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Ha Biodiversity Function Green Ha per 1000 Ward Space Population Population

Stoke-on-Trent North 446.1 70901 6.3

Stoke-on-Trent Central 381.4 80996 4.7

Stoke-on-Trent South 201.1 88739 2.3

Kidsgrove 108.4 24112 4.5

Newcastle East 85.7 22334 3.8

Greater Chesterton 11.0 11678 0.9

Western Urban Villages 68.9 13930 4.9

Town Centre 0.0 4453 0.0

Newcastle South 52.3 21549 2.4

TOTAL for Stoke-on- Trent 1028.7 240636 4.3

TOTAL for Newcastle 326.1 98056 3.3

TOTAL OVERALL 1681.0 338692 5.0

Table 5.3f: Hectares of Biodiversity Green Space per 1000 population

Table 5.3f indicates that there is a good level of provision of green spaces performing a biodiversity role. This varies between Stoke-on-Trent and Newcastle-under-Lyme, Stoke having a slightly higher level than Newcastle. There are also large variations between analysis areas, Stoke- on-Trent North being the highest with 6.3 hectares per 1000 population J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 and Newcastle Town Centre the lowest with none.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 248 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

5.4 Level of Provision: Accessibility

All Accessibility Maps show the sites being analysed in green e.g. All Unrestricted Neighbourhood and Local Parks and all other sites in grey, so as to ascertain where the actual deficiencies are occurring.

Accessibility to All Unrestricted District, Neighbourhood and Local green spaces are shown in Figures 5.6 to 5.8. Sub-regional sites have not been mapped due to the limited number of sites, but are still discussed in this section.

Sub-Regional Green Spaces

There are currently three sub-regional green spaces in Newcastle-under- Lyme as shown below in Table 5.4a, only one of which provides unrestricted access, this being Newcastle Crematorium.

Site ID Name Ward Settlement Typology Hierarchy Access Area (Ha)

Newcastle Bradwell Newcastle- Sub- N115 Crematorium Ward under-Lyme Garden Regional Unrestricted 5.84 Wolstanton Newcastle- Outdoor Sub- N15 Porthill Cricket Club Ward under-Lyme Sports Regional Limited 1.22 High School Playing Thistleberry Newcastle- Outdoor Sub- N262 Field Ward under-Lyme Sports Regional Limited 7.27 Table 5.4a: Sub-regional Green Spaces

There are no sub-regional sites in Stoke-on-Trent. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 249 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

District Unrestricted Green Spaces

Figure 5.6 shows Accessibility to Unrestricted District Green Spaces using the 1200m catchment areas as discussed in section 3.3.

There is a clear divide between the northern and southern areas of the conurbation with good coverage across Greater Chesterton, Newcastle East and Stoke-on-Trent North apart from the far eastern section which includes Abbey Green and East Valley wards.

In the south, sites such as Parkhall Country Park and Longton Park

provide District level provision, but there are notable deficiencies in the following areas:

Western Urban Villages

Newcastle South

Stoke-on-Trent South

- Hartshill

- Stoke and Trent Vale

- Trentham

- Fenton

- Blurton

- Longton North

- Weston and Meir North

- Meir Park and Sandon J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

The map shows that within the these areas there are other green spaces which may have the potential to have a District influence but at present factors such as size, facilities available, access and typology mean that September 2005

the sites do not meet this criteria. It will therefore be necessary to review

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 250 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

the existing sites in these areas with a view to their potential for being upgraded through change of use, access and/or increase in facilities.

If there is no or little scope for existing green spaces to become unrestricted, providing district level facilities, it may then be necessary to assess the potential for new sites.

The areas deficient in accessibility to unrestricted district sites in Stoke-on- Trent South and also East Valley ward are also deficient in overall amount of unrestricted green space per 1000 population, therefore changing the

use of existing sites or creating new sites in these areas in order to achieve increased accessibility, would assist in raising the quantity standards.

The areas deficient in accessibility to unrestricted district sites in Newcastle-under-Lyme and also Abbey Green ward do not have the same overall quantity deficiencies as in Stoke-on-Trent South, therefore it is likely that changing the use or upgrading sites in these areas would be relevant.

Neighbourhood Unrestricted Green Spaces

Figure 5.7 shows accessibility to unrestricted neighbourhood green spaces using the 800m catchment areas as discussed in section 3.3.

There is excellent coverage of accessibility to unrestricted neighbourhood J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 sites. This shows that in the areas which are deficient in accessibility to

District sites, there may be opportunities to upgrade Neighbourhood sites.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 251 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Local Unrestricted Green Spaces

Figure 5.8 shows Accessibility to Unrestricted Local Green Spaces using the 400m catchment areas as discussed in section 3.3.

Accessibility to unrestricted local green spaces is also good, but with some areas of deficiency scattered throughout the conurbation. Key areas where the provision of unrestricted local open space should be considered are shown on Figure 5.8 (Area’s A to I) and listed below as follows:

A – Stoke-on-Trent North

East Valley

Abbey Green

B – Stoke-on-Trent Central

Hanley West and Shelton

Berryhill and Hanley East

C – Stoke-on-Trent Central

Hanley West and Shelton

D – Stoke-on-Trent Central

Berryhill and Hanley East

E – Stoke-on-Trent South

Longton South

F – Stoke-on-Trent Central

Stoke and Trent Vale J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

G – Greater Chesterton

Holditch September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 252 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

H – Newcastle East

Bradwell

Porthill

Wolstanton

I – Newcastle East

Bradwell

Chesterton

Talke

Unlike the deficiencies seen at a district level, there are no or few sites within the areas of local deficiency, which may be considered to become local unrestricted sites in the future, as shown above. Therefore at a local level, there may be a need to seek new green space.

District Unrestricted Parks

Figure 5.9 shows accessibility to unrestricted district parks using the 1200m catchment.

The map shows that within the urban core there is a concentration of district parks, with the outer areas being deficient in access to district parks. Some of these areas do have access to other district sites such as Parkhall Country Park and Chatterley Whitfield Reclamation but others remain deficient as discussed above in the access to district unrestricted

Neighbourhood and Local Unrestricted Parks

Figure 5.10 shows accessibility to unrestricted neighbourhood and local September 2005

parks using the 800m and 400m catchments.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 253 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Access to neighbourhood and local parks creates a similar pattern to district parks, showing a concentration of sites in the core of the urban area. However, within this core area, there is a clear lack of parks within the western parts of Stoke-on-Trent Central, running from Hanley West and Shelton through to Stoke and Trent Vale wards. This is a key area for attention as a deficiency also appears when assessing access to all local unrestricted green spaces, as discussed above.

In terms of the areas deficient in access to either a district unrestricted park or other unrestricted district site, a number of these areas are however served by neighbourhood and local parks. Although this does not

replace the need for district sites in these areas, it shows that there is greater potential for upgrading existing parks in place of creating new sites.

However the following areas, shown in Figure 5.10 (Area’s A to H) and listed below, show deficiency in access to all levels of parks and should therefore be reviewed:

A – Kidsgrove

Newchapel

B - Stoke-on-Trent North

Northern Tunstall

Chell and Packmoor

C – Stoke-on-Trent North J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Eastern part of East Valley

Eastern part Abbey Green

D - Stoke-on-Trent Central September 2005

Southwest part of Abbey Green

Northeast part of Bentilee and Townsend Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 254 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

E - Stoke-on-Trent South

Longton North

Weston and Meir North

F - Stoke-on-Trent South

Meir Park and Sandon

G – Stoke-on-Trent South

Blurton

Trentham

H - Newcastle South

All Unrestricted Amenity Space

Figure 5.11 shows accessibility to all unrestricted amenity space using the 1200m, 800m and 400m catchments.

In contrast to the parks maps, amenity space is mostly concentrated towards the edge of the urban area with key areas of deficiency in Newcastle East and Stoke-on-Trent Central. As these areas do not show deficiency in access to parks, it is not necessary to seek to provide amenity space as parks fulfil this role within their broader spectrum of characteristics.

This pattern of amenity space however, allows for investigation into whether in the areas where there is a lack of accessibility to parks,

change the access criteria to sites which are currently limited or restricted and may also decrease the need to create new sites.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 255 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

All Outdoor Sports Facilities

Figure 5.12 shows Accessibility to All Outdoor Sports sites using the 3200m, 1200m, 800m and 400m catchments.

Deficiencies to all levels of outdoor sports facilities occur in the following areas:

Kidsgrove

Newchapel

Talke

Greater Chesterton

Chesterton

Newcastle East

Bradwell

Stoke-on-Trent North

Norton and Bradeley

Stoke-on-Trent Central

Bentilee and Townsend

Hanley West and Shelton J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 Stoke and Trent Vale

Stoke-on-Trent South September 2005

Fenton

Meir Park and Sandon Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 256 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

It may appear necessary to provide outdoor sports grounds within these areas however it is important to acknowledge that the sites shown in Figure 5.12 are those assigned an outdoor sports typology, and that other sites such as parks and amenity space may also provide sports facilities. Therefore a further map has been produced to show accessibility to all sites with a formal purpose. This is demonstrated in Figure 5.17.

On reviewing the accessibility to all formal recreation sites, far fewer areas appear deficient. The deficiencies however are resolved largely because

sites of limited or restricted access have been acknowledged and it is therefore necessary to review both the outdoor sports and the formal recreation maps in tandem.

All LEAPs and NEAPs

Figure 5.13 shows accessibility to play facilities categorised as Local Equipped Areas for Play (LEAP) and Neighbourhood Equipped Areas for Play (NEAP) and assigned 400m and 700m catchments.

There is generally greater accessibility to LEAPs with distinct deficiencies to NEAPs in the south of Newcastle-under-Lyme, Stoke-on-Trent North and Stoke-on-Trent South. However the map highlights two further key issues. In some areas there are deficiencies in access to both types of play but in others a surplus, where clusters of play areas are grouped

facilities in order to achieve a more even spread of facilities without having to increase the amount.

September 2005 Areas highlighted as deficient are shown in Figure 5.13 (Areas A to F) and listed below: Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 257 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

A – Newcastle East

Bradwell

B – Stoke-on-Trent North

East Valley

C – Newcastle South

Thistleberry

D – Stoke-on-Trent Central

Hanley West and Shelton

Hartshill and Penkhull

E – Stoke-on-Trent Central

Berryhill and Hanley East

F – Stoke-on-Trent South

Trentham

Groups of play areas in close proximity to each other occur in the following areas, shown in Figure 5.13 (Groups A to E) and listed below:

A – Kidsgrove

Ravenscliffe / Kidsgrove

B – Western Urban Villages

Knutton and Silverdale

Cross Heath J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

C – Town Centre, Newcastle East and Stoke-on-Trent Central Cross Heath

Town September 2005

Hartshill and Penkhull

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 258 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

D – Stoke-on-Trent South

Hartshill and Penkhull

Stoke and Trent Vale

E – Stoke-on-Trent South

Blurton

All Unrestricted Semi-Natural Sites

Figure 5.14 shows accessibility to all unrestricted semi-natural Sites using the 1200m, 800m and 400m catchments.

The map shows that many areas have no or little access to unrestricted semi-natural green spaces. Similar to analysing accessibility to outdoor sports facilities, it is necessary to review deficiencies in accessibility to semi-natural sites against accessibility to all sites with a biodiversity purpose.

All Allotments

Figure 5.15 shows accessibility to all allotments using the 1200m catchment.

The map shows good coverage of accessibility to allotments, with deficiencies in some areas:

Kidsgrove

Greater Chesterton

Chesterton September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 259 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Newcastle East

Bradwell

Newcastle South

Westlands

Seabridge

Stoke-on-Trent South

Trentham

Blurton

Meir Park and Sandon

Stoke-on-Trent Central

Bentilee and Townsend

All Unrestricted Churchyards and Cemeteries

Figure 5.16 shows accessibility to all unrestricted churchyards and cemeteries using the 1200m, 800m and 400m catchments.

Churchyards and cemeteries can be said to provide incidental green space in addition to their functional role as places of worship, burial grounds and memorial gardens, and therefore although they have an important role to play often historically towards the character of an area, an alleviation in J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

deficiency should not be sought unless new churches or cemeteries are required which can provide green space as part of their implementation.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 260 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

All Formal Recreational Sites

As discussed above, Figure 5.17 shows accessibility to All Green Spaces with a Formal purpose.

On comparing the accessibility to outdoor sports (Figure 5.12) and accessibility to formal recreation, deficiencies still appear in the following areas:

Kidsgrove

Newchapel

Talke

Greater Chesterton

Chesterton

Stoke-on-Trent North

Norton and Bradeley

Stoke-on-Trent South

Meir Park and Sandon

All Informal Recreational Sites

Figure 5.18 shows accessibility to all green spaces with a informal purpose. September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 261 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

As discussed above in the quantity of green space section there are high amounts of green space providing informal recreation and therefore it is not surprising that the access to sites with informal recreation map shows excellent levels of accessibility. This may indicate that in the areas currently showing deficiency in accessibility to Formal and Biodiversity functions, there may be opportunities to enhance some sites to provide alternative functions.

All Biodiversity Sites

As discussed above, Figure 5.19 shows accessibility to all green spaces

with a biodiversity purpose.

On comparing the accessibility to semi-natural sites (Figure 5.14) and accessibility to biodiversity sites, deficiencies still appear in the following areas:

Kidsgrove

Newchapel

Talke

Greater Chesterton

Holditch

Newcastle East

May Bank J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Town Centre

Town September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 262 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Stoke-on-Trent Central

Stoke and Trent Vale

Stoke-on-Trent South

Longton North

Longton South

Meir Park and Sandon

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 263 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

5.5 Quality of Green Space

Existing Site Condition

As discussed is Section or Chapter 3.3, the existing quality of each site has been calculated based on the existing condition and appropriateness of each element audited within each site.

Newcastle- Stoke-on-Trent Urban North Number of sites under-Lyme Staffordshire Good 61 55 116

Average 46 70 116 Poor 24 90 114 TOTAL 131 215 346 Table 5.5a: Number of Green Spaces within each Quality category

This information has been mapped using a 400m catchment (for visual as opposed to analytical purposes) and can be seen in Figure 5.21. The map shows most clearly the distribution of good and poor sites and that there is a notable higher proportion and greater distribution of good sites within Newcastle-under-Lyme as opposed to Stoke-on-Trent (46% of Newcastle’s sites are good compared with just 26% of Stoke’s). The area showing most poor sites in Newcastle is in May Bank ward.

In Stoke-on-Trent, the distribution of poor sites is particularly clear where there are several sites located together. This pattern can be seen in the

Stoke-on-Trent North

Norton and Bradeley September 2005

East Valley

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 264 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Stoke-on-Trent Central

Northwood and Birches Head

Hanley West and Shelton

Hartshill and Penkhull

Stoke-on-Trent South

Longton North

Weston and Meir North

The highest concentration of good quality sites can be seen in the following areas:

Stoke-on-Trent North

Burslem North

Burslem South

Stoke-on-Trent Central

Abbey Green

Berryhill and Hanley East

Bentilee and Townsend

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 265 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Best and Worst Sites

Figures 5.22 to 5.31 show the distribution of Best and Worst sites for a variety of typologies and elements discussed below. The sites within each typology or landscape element are also tabled in Appendix F.

Amenity Spaces

Figure 5.22 shows the location of the ten best and worst amenity spaces for both Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stoke-on-Trent.

In Newcastle, there is a concentration of best sites in Greater Chesterton, a concentration of worst sites in Kidsgrove and a mixture of best and worst sites in Newcastle South.

In Stoke, there is a concentration of best sites in Chell and Packmoor ward within Stoke-on-Trent North and within Blurton and Trentham wards within Stoke-on-Trent South. Clusters of worst sites in appear in both Stoke-on- Trent North and Central.

Green Corridors

Figure 5.23 shows the location of the five best and worst green corridors for both Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stoke-on-Trent.

In Newcastle there is a concentration of best sites in Kidsgrove and a concentration of worst sites in Western Urban Villages. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

In Stoke there are no patterns of where best and worst green corridors are located.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 266 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Outdoor Sports

Figure 5.24 shows the location of the five best and worst outdoor sports sites for both Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stoke-on-Trent.

In Newcastle there is a concentration of best sites in Silverdale and Parksite ward with a concentration of worst sites in Cross Heath ward, both within the Western Urban Villages analysis area.

In Stoke there are no patterns of where best and worst outdoor sports sites are located.

Parks

Figure 5.25 shows the location of the ten best and worst parks for both Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stoke-on-Trent.

In Newcastle there is a concentration of best sites in and around the Town Centre with worst parks being located in Kidsgrove and Western Urban Villages analysis areas.

In Stoke there is a higher proportion of best parks in Stoke-on-Trent North and a higher proportion of worst parks in Stoke-on-Trent Central, in comparison with other areas in Stoke-on-Trent.

Semi-Natural J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

Figure 5.26 shows the location of the five best and worst semi-natural sites for Newcastle-under-Lyme and the ten best and worst for Stoke-on- Trent.

September 2005

In Newcastle there is a concentration of best sites in and around Western Urban Villages analysis area. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 267 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

In Stoke, as with Parks, there is a higher proportion of best semi-natural sites in Stoke-on-Trent North and a higher proportion of worst semi-natural sites in Stoke-on-Trent Central, in comparison with other areas in Stoke- on-Trent.

Children’s Play

Figure 5.27 shows the location of the ten best and worst children’s play areas for both Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stoke-on-Trent.

In Newcastle, there is a concentration of worst sites in Cross Heath ward within the Western Urban Villages analysis area and a concentration of best sites in Newcastle South analysis area.

In Stoke, the largest proportion of both best and worst sites is in Stoke-on- Trent South, with a concentration of best sites in Blurton and Longton South wards.

Teen Play

Figure 5.28 shows the location of the five best and worst teen play area’s for Newcastle-under-Lyme and the ten best and worst for Stoke-on-Trent.

In Newcastle, there is no clear pattern of where best and worst teen play areas are located, there are two best sites located within Silverdale and

In Stoke, the pattern of a higher proportion of best sites in Stoke-on-Trent North and a higher proportion of worst sites in Stoke-on-Trent Central also September 2005

occurs for teen play areas.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 268 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Crime

Figure 5.29 shows the location of the ten best and worst sites for crime across all typologies for both Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stoke-on-Trent.

In Newcastle, Greater Chesterton and Western Urban Villages analysis areas have a higher proportion of worst sites than best sites for crime, whereas, Newcastle South analysis area has a higher proportion of best sites over worst sites.

The eastern portion of Stoke-on-Trent Central including Abbey Green,

Northwood and Birches Head and Berryhill and Hanley East wards, has the highest concentration of worst sites for crime. Again, Stoke-on-Trent North has more best than worst sites.

Maintenance

Figure 5.30 shows the location of the ten best and worst sites for maintenance across all typologies for both Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stoke-on-Trent.

In Newcastle there is a concentration of best sites within the Town Centre and Thistleberry ward with no clear pattern for worst sites.

In Stoke, worst sites appear clustered in the south of Stoke-on-Trent North and the north of Stoke-on-Trent Central analysis areas. Best sites appear

Security

Figure 5.31 shows the location of the ten best and worst sites for security September 2005

across all typologies for both Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stoke-on-Trent.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 269 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

In Newcastle the sites are scattered throughout the south of the urban area but in the north there is a concentration of best sites in Greater Chesterton and worst in Kidsgrove.

In Stoke, the sites are fairly evenly scattered with a pocket of poor sites in Blurton within Stoke-on-Trent South and in Tunstall in Stoke-on-Trent North.

Condition and Potential

In order to assess the existing condition or quality and the foreseen

potential or ability to accommodate new elements for different types of green spaces, charts which compare the two sets of data can be seen below.

Parks

Table 5.5b shows that the majority of parks are distributed within the top right hand corner of the chart, therefore showing good condition but also high potential. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Table 5.5b: Condition Potential Parks Graph Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 270 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Amenity Space

Table 5.5c shows that although several amenity spaces are in the good condition, high potential section, more appear within the average or poor condition bands with an even distribution of sites within the potential banding. The sites not currently within the good condition section but with high potential indicate potential sites to be upgraded and improved.

Table 5.5c: Condition Potential Amenity Graph

Outdoor Sports

Table 5.5d shows that similar to parks, the majority of outdoor sports sites are within the good condition but high potential section. There are no sites which are in poor condition with no potential to change.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 271 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Table 5.5d: Condition Potential Outdoor Sports

Playgrounds

Table 5.5e shows that similar to amenity spaces, more playgrounds are average or poor than good and that within these sites most sites have a high potential for new facilities.

September 2005

Table 5.5e: Condition Potential Playgrounds Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 272 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Semi-Natural Sites

Table 5.5f shows that there are three distinct sections for semi-natural sites. Some sites fall into good condition, high potential and others into average and poor condition with high potential. The third area is where sites are currently good or average with an average potential. This is likely to occur because semi-natural sites are fulfilling their potential greater than other typologies.

Table 5.5f: Condition Potential Semi-Natural Graph

5.6 Value

As discussed in Section 3.3, a quality value matrix has been compiled for all sites audited so as to compare the existing condition and existing value of each site. The value scores assigned to each site result in a table of scores which can be seen in Appendix G. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

In order to band the sites into Good, Average and Poor Condition, and High, Average and Low Value, both sets of scores have been divided so that there is the same or similar numbers of sites within each banding, as September 2005

shown in Table 5.6a below.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 273 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Condition Value Good 76% + 116 Sites High 56%+ 121 Sites Average 63-75% 116 Sites Average 50-55% 100 Sites Poor 27-62% 114 Sites Low 23-49% 126 Sites Table 5.6a: Condition and Value Bandings

These results have been translated into a graph as seen below.

Table 5.6b: Condition and Value Graph J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

When considering actions for sites, the Value analysis can be used to provide evidence for the type of action required and will assist in deciding

September 2005 priorities for improvement.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 274 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The Quality and Value analysis produces the following categories, each of which require varying policy options, as shown in Table 3.3l.

Good Quality / High Value: Protect

Poor Quality / Low Value: Enhance Quality and Value/ Possible surplus for Primary Purpose

Good Quality / Low Value: Enhance Value/ Change of Primary Purpose

Poor Quality / High Value: Enhance Quality / Protect

As shown in Table 5.6b above, there are a large proportion of sites which fall within the ‘Average’ bracket which should be reviewed on a site by site basis to determine the options. These may include options to enhance Value or Quality.

5.7 Supply and Demand: Quantity

The consultation asked “Do you think that there are enough of the following types of space in your local area:

Parks and Recreation Grounds

Children’s Play

Teen Provision

Semi-Natural Space”

The results revealed that for all analysis areas and across all types of open

response being “About Right” (30.9%).

For each analysis area, the overall highest and next highest response September 2005 across all types of open space has been compared against the findings

from the quantity analysis. This can be seen below in Table 5.9a. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 275 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Ha per 1000 Consultation Consultation Next Analysis Amount Above or Analysis Area Population Highest Response Highest Response Below Study Area Average Stoke-on-Trent North 9.2 Too Little 44% About Right 28% 2.6+ Much Higher

Stoke-on-Trent Central 7.3 Too Little 44% About Right 27% 0.7+ Slightly Higher

Stoke-on-Trent South 3.9 Too Little 50% About Right 27% 2.7- Much Lower

Kidsgrove 8.0 Too Little 42% About Right 35% 1.4+ Moderately Higher

Newcastle East 5.7 About Right 43% Too Little 37% 0.9- Slightly Lower

Greater Chesterton 5.5 Too Little 44% About Right 34% 1.1- Moderately Lower

Western Urban Villages 8.5 Too Little 37% About Right 33% 1.9+ Moderately Higher

Town Centre 1.3 Too Little 42% About Right 19% 5.3- Much Lower

Newcastle South 6.4 Too Little 44% About Right 32% 0.2- Slightly Lower

Table 5.9a: Comparison of Consultation and Analysis Quantity calculations

The table shows that the following areas have a Lower than study area average amount of green space per 1000 Population and that people think there is too little:

Stoke-on-Trent South

Greater Chesterton

Town Centre

Newcastle South

The following areas have a higher than study area average amount of J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

green space per 1000 Population and that people think there is Too Little: Stoke-on-Trent North

Stoke-on-Trent Central September 2005 Kidsgrove

Western Urban Villages Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 276 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The one area where there is a Lower than study area average amount of Green Space per 1000 Population, yet people think there is About Right is Newcastle East.

The overall perception across most areas that there is Too Little green space prompts the need to compare not only the quantitative results for each area but also the qualitative results as the quality issues may be obscuring public opinion about the actual amount of green space available to them.

5.8 Supply and Demand: Quality

As part of the consultation process respondents were asked how far they travelled to each site and their method of travel. The data was used to assign an “Effective Catchment” to each site resulting in a consultation hierarchy. Table 5.10a shows the Consultation Hierarchy compared to the Analysis Hierarchy. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 277 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Site ID Site Name Consultation Consultation Analysis Walking Travel Hierarchy Hierarchy Time N82 Bathpool Park Greater than Sub Regional District

S254 Bucknall Park and Finney Gardens 20 minutes District

S966C Longton Park District

S072 Tunstall Park District

S515 West Port Lake District

N234 Apedale Country Park 16-20 minutes District District

N2 Brampton Park District

N71 Clough Hall Park Neighbourhood

S353 Fenton Park District

S907A/S201/S203 Forest Park (inc phase 6) District

N315 Lyme Valley District

N235 Bateswood LNR 11 to 15 minutes Neighbourhood Neighbourhood

S909A Burslem Park District

N112 Chesterton Park District

S297 Hanley Park and Cauldon Park District

S241 Northwood Park Neighbourhood

S946D Parkhall Country Park etc District

N267 The Butts Local

N27 Wolstanton Marsh District

S942D/S315 Berry Hill Fields 5 to 10 minutes Local Neighbourhood J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

N60 Birchenwood Park Local

S090B Chatterley Whitfield Reclamation Neighbourhood

S493 Meir Park Public Space etc Neighbourhood September 2005 N123 Porthill Dingle Neighbourhood

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott Table 5.10a: Comparison of Consultation and Analysis Hierarchies | 278 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The table shows that within the consultation hierarchy of sub-regional sites, none of the sites have been assigned the same level for the analysis, although all sites have been recognised as providing district level provision. Within the consultation hierarchy of district, all but one site have been assigned the same level for the analysis. Therefore there is a clear similarity between the two sets of results for sites with the higher levels hierarchies of sub-regional and district.

Within the consultation hierarchy of neighbourhood sites, five out of eight of the sites have been assigned a district level for the analysis. Similarly at the local level within the consultation hierarchy, four out of the five sites

have been assigned a neighbourhood level for the analysis. This shows that people may not be walking as far to these sites as is perceived by the relevant local authorities and therefore sites are not in fact performing to the level assigned.

The consultation asked “How would you score the quality of your most frequently used park, recreation ground, woodland, green space or children's play area? (If 1 is poor and 10 is excellent)”.

The results of the sites visited most often (i.e. more than 10 respondents) and the condition scores obtained form the quality audits are compared below in Table 5.11a.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 279 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Site ID Site Name Consultation Analysis Score Condition Score N234 Apedale Country Park 8 Good S946D Parkhall Country Park etc 7.9 Poor N234 Brampton Park 7.8 Good N27 Wolstanton Marsh 6.8 Good S515 West Port Lake 6.2 Poor S966C Longton Park 6.1 Good S297 Hanley Park and Cauldon Park 6.1 Poor Study Area Average 5.9 N60 Birchenwood Park 5.9 Poor N82 Bathpool Park 5.8 Average

N315 Lyme Valley 5.7 Good S907A/S201/S203 Forest Park (inc phase 6) 5.6 Poor S942D/S315 Berry Hill Fields 5.5 Good S072 Tunstall Park 5.4 Good N71 Clough Hall Park 5.2 Good S909A Burslem Park 5.2 Poor S241 Northwood Park 5 Good S254 Bucknall Park and Finney Gardens 4.7 Poor S353 Fenton Park 4.6 Poor Table 5.11a: Comparison of Consultation and Analysis Quality Scores

There is little comparison between the consultation and analysis quality scores as there is an even distribution of Good and Poor analysis scores above and below the consultation average of 5.9.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 280 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Summary

The site capture identified a total of 932 green spaces across the conurbation of urban North Staffordshire.

There is an even distribution of unrestricted sites, although the larger sites tend to appear towards the edge of the urban area.

Limited and restricted sites, especially the larger sites tend to appear towards the edge of the urban area.

There are areas where there is an abundance of all types of green space, for example, within Stoke-on-Trent north.

Within other areas, there is a clear lack of green spaces and the sites

which do exist are much smaller, for example, within Stoke-on-Trent South.

Particular areas seem to provide more of one type of green space. For example, this is seen in the concentration of semi-natural sites in the south-eastern wards of Stoke-on-Trent Central and of amenity sites in Greater Chesterton analysis areas.

The current, overall level of unrestricted green space across urban North Staffordshire is 6.6 hectares per 1,000 population. Stoke-on- Trent North has the highest quantity at 9.2 hectares/1,000 population. Despite ward level variations, both Newcastle-under-Lyme and Stoke- on-Trent have the same overall level of green space per 1,000 population.

There are currently three sub-regional green spaces in Newcastle- under-Lyme but these are considered to have limited or functionally specific facilities. There are no sub-regional sites in Stoke-on-Trent.

deficiencies in the south of the conurbation.

There is an excellent coverage of accessibility to unrestricted neighbourhood sites. September 2005 Accessibility to unrestricted local green spaces is also good, but with areas of deficiency scattered across the conurbation. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 281 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

5.9 Hanley South Area of Major Intervention

Introduction

Hanley South Area of Major Intervention (AMI) encompasses areas of Hanley West and Shelton ward, Northwood and Bircheshead ward, and Berryhill and Hanley East ward. It falls within the wider Analysis Area of Stoke-on-Trent Central.

The neighbourhood is located to the south of Hanley Town Centre, east of the A500 dual-carriage way. The area is a characterised by residential

housing, interspersed with industrial areas.

Current Level of Provision

There are ten Unrestricted Green Spaces within Hanley South AMI. The green: space provision is detailed in the table below

Name Site Typology Access Area ID (Ha) Parkhouse Street Playground S012 Playground Unrestricted 0.1 Wells Street Playground S018 Playground Unrestricted 0.09 Smallwood Playing Fields S239 Amenity Space Unrestricted 1.91 Etruria Park S240 Park Unrestricted 4.45 Etruria Locks Reclamation S291 Industrial Unrestricted 2.41 Heritage Land off Cutts Street S293 Operational/ Unrestricted 0.61 Derelict/Vacant Shelton Church Lay-out S294 Churchyard/ Unrestricted 0.7 Cemetery J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 Trent & Mersey Canal Etruria Rd To S784 Green Corridor Unrestricted 0.16

Bonemill Bridge Cauldon Canal - Bedford Street Bridge to S785 Green Corridor Unrestricted 0.27 Howard Place Joiners Square Playground S936C Playground Unrestricted 0.4 September 2005 Total 11.1

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 282 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

This assessment includes green space that falls across the AMI boundary, regardless of the proportion; green space that extends into neighbouring settlement areas is still likely to be used by residents of Hanley South.

Quantity

Quantity of Unrestricted Green Space in the Stoke-on-Trent Central Analysis Area is 7.3 ha per 1000 population. This is slightly higher than the study area average of 6.6 ha per 1000 population, with an excess of +0.7 ha per 1000 population.

The population of Hanley South AMI is 8,0482. This equates to 0.13 ha per 1000 population of Unrestricted Green Space. This is much lower than the study area average with a deficiency of –6.47 ha per 1000 population.

Accessibility

Accessibility to Unrestricted Park sites is sufficient. Etruria Park (S240), a Neighbourhood Park, falls within the AMI boundary. In addition, Hanley Park (S297), a 25 hectare District Park, is just outside the AMI boundary. In relation to Playgrounds, accessibility is generally sufficient, with four locally equipped areas for play (LEAP) facilities within the AMI boundary. However, there is an area of deficiency to the east of Hanley South.

Accessibility to Outdoor Sports Facilities and Allotments is sufficient with several sites within or in close proximity to the AMI. However, accessibility to Unrestricted Semi-natural Sites, Unrestricted Amenity Space and

number of sites of these typologies within, or in close proximity to, Hanley South AMI.

September 2005

2 Source: RENEW North Staffordshire, Prospectus Overview, March 2004

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 283 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Condition and Value

Four sites within the AMI received a full audit, and therefore have a condition and value score. The table below shows the condition and value scores for these green spaces, ordered by condition.

Name Site ID Percentage Overall Percentage Overall Value Score Value Condition Condition Score Etruria Park S240 69% High 59% Poor Etruria Locks Reclamation S291 49% Low 62% Poor

Joiners Square Playground S936C 43% Low 51% Poor Smallwood Playing Fields S239 49% Low 66% Average

As can been seen above, no green spaces are considered to be in good condition; the majority of sites audited are considered to be in poor condition. Value is also generally low.

Summary and Conclusion

The quantity of Unrestricted Green Space within Hanley South AMI is much lower than the study area average. While there are ten Unrestricted Green Spaces, 70% of these are less than 1 hectare in size. In addition, in comparison to other AMI’s, the population of Hanley South is relatively high. Although not within the AMI, Hanley Park (S297) is in close proximity. Considering its size and hierarchy, it is likely to negate the need for new provision. However, any future development that would result in

of green space provision.

Accessibility to Unrestricted Park sites is sufficient, with access to District, Neighbourhood and Local provision. In relation to Playgrounds, there is a September 2005

deficiency area to the east of Hanley South. Further investigation reveals

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 284 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

that this area is characteristically industrial, and therefore does not require play provision.

Accessibility to Unrestricted Semi-natural Sites is considered to be deficient. An analysis of primary function reveals that several sites within or near this AMI have a biodiversity function, despite having primary characteristics associated with another typology. However, the majority of these have Limited access. In order to address this deficiency either new provision should be sought or access arrangements re-addressed.

Accessibility to Unrestricted Amenity Space and Churchyard and Cemeteries is also deficient. In the case of Unrestricted Amenity Space an

analysis of primary function reveals that several Unrestricted Green Spaces within or near this AMI have an informal function, negating the need for new provision. In the case of Churchyards and Cemeteries, given that their green space function is incidental, new provision should not be sought.

In relation to condition and value, Etruria Park has high value. The condition of this site should therefore be improved, and the site protected through the planning system. The other sites within this AMI that received a full audit are generally in poor condition and of low value. In areas with a high quantity of green space, it may be beneficial to rationalise such sites. However, considering the quantity of Unrestricted Green Space in Hanley South is low, these sites should also be protected, and their condition improved. It may also be possible to improve the value of these sites and boost the contribution they make to the local area by enhancing their landscape and recreational function. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 285 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

5.10 Knutton and Cross Heath Area of Major Intervention

Introduction

Knutton and Cross Heath Area of Major Intervention (AMI) falls within Knutton and Silverdale ward and Cross Heath ward, within the Western Urban Villages Analysis Area. The AMI area also extends into three other Analysis Areas - Greater Chesterton, Town Centre and Newcastle South.

The neighbourhood is located to the west of North Staffordshire urban

conurbation, approximately 1 mile from the Newcastle Town Centre. The area is characterised by mix of housing, industrial and open land. Being on the western edge of conurbation, there is good access to the countryside and surrounding villages.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 286 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Current Level of Provision

There are twenty-eight Unrestricted Green Spaces within Knutton and Cross Heath AMI. The green space provision is detailed in the table below:

This assessment includes green space that falls across the AMI boundary,

Name Site ID Typology Access Area (Ha) Douglas Road Play Area N109 Playground Unrestricted 0.16 Ironbridge Drive Recreation Ground N113 Amenity Space Unrestricted 0.08 Cotswold Avenue Recreation Ground N127 Playground Unrestricted 0.1

Island Plot N153 Amenity Space Unrestricted 0.11 Meadow Lane Green Space N154 Amenity Space Unrestricted 2.04 Open Space N155 Amenity Space Unrestricted 1.42 Open Space N156 Playground Unrestricted 0.28 Open space N157 Semi-Natural Unrestricted 0.33 Douglas Road N159 Amenity Space Unrestricted 2.46 The Wammy N162 Amenity Space Unrestricted 4.03 Open Space N167 Green Corridor Unrestricted 2.82 Sports Ground N184 Outdoor Sports Unrestricted 2.1 Not Known N186 Semi-Natural Unrestricted 3.88 Cotswold Avenue Playing Fields N192 Outdoor Sports Unrestricted 4.43 Churchyard/ Knutton Cemetery N194 Unrestricted 0.48 Cemetery Blackbank Playing Fields N196 Outdoor Sports Unrestricted 3.76 Corner Plot N197 Amenity Space Unrestricted 0.34 Knutton Community Centre N198 Amenity Space Unrestricted 0.29 Acacia Avenue Recreation Ground N199 Outdoor Sports Unrestricted 1.81

Proposed Open space N204 Semi-Natural Unrestricted 42.94 Dismantled Mineral Railway N206 Amenity Space Unrestricted 1.86 Open Space N206B Green Corridor Unrestricted 1.98 Apedale Community Park N234 Park Unrestricted 162.81 September 2005

Open Space N261 Semi-Natural Unrestricted 10.36

Rogers Avenue Play Area N604 Playground Unrestricted 0.04 Moran Road Play Area N609 Playground Unrestricted 0.15 Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

Not Known N901D Green Corridor Unrestricted 2.29 287 Total 254.64| urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

regardless of the proportion; green space that extends into neighbouring settlement areas is still likely to be used by residents of Knutton and Cross Heath.

Quantity

Quantity of Unrestricted Green Space in the Western Urban Villages Analysis Area is 8.5 ha per 1000 population. This is moderately higher than the study area average of 6.6 ha per 1000 population, with an excess of +1.9 ha per 1000 population.

3 The population of Knutton and Cross Heath AMI is 6436 . This equates to 39.56 ha per 1000 population of Unrestricted Green Space. This is much higher than the study area average with a surplus of 32.96 ha per 1000 population.

Accessibility

When considering accessibility to Unrestricted Parks, there are no green spaces of this typology within the AMI boundary. There are two Unrestricted District Parks in close proximity to the AMI. While these sites will also perform a neighbourhood and local function, there remains an area of deficiency across the centre of Knutton and Cross Heath.

Accessibility to Playgrounds is sufficient, with seven LEAP standard play facilities, one of which is due in six months, within the AMI. These are well distributed to provide complete coverage of the residential areas when applying the 400 metres catchment buffer. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

In relation to other typologies, accessibility is sufficient. When applying the appropriate catchment buffers to Outdoor Sports Facilities, Unrestricted Amenity Space, Unrestricted Semi-natural sites and Allotments, there is September 2005

3: RENEW North Staffordshire, Prospectus Overview, March 2004 Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 288 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

sufficient accessibility for each respective typology. Accessibility to Churchyards and Cemeteries is the only exception to this.

Condition and Value

Sixteen sites within the AMI received a full audit, and therefore have a condition and value score. The table below shows the condition and value scores for these green spaces, ordered by condition.

Percentage Percentage Overall Overall Name Site ID Condition Value Score Value Condition Score Open Space N167 60% High 51% Poor Cotswold Avenue Playing Fields N192 49% Low 51% Poor Not known N901D 41% Low 53% Poor Open Space N156 50% Average 55% Poor The Wammy N162 48% Low 57% Poor Dismantled Railway N169 43% Low 61% Poor Knutton Cemetery N194 49% Low 63% Average Open Space N206B 56% High 73% Average Proposed Open space N204 46% Low 75% Average Acacia Avenue Recreation Ground N199 56% High 75% Average Meadow Lane Green Space N154 65% High 76% Good Not known N186 63% High 78% Good Rogers Avenue Play Area N604 55% Average 78% Good Open Space N261 56% High 78% Good Douglas Road N159 65% High 93% Good Apedale Community Park N234 48% Low 96% Good

As can be seen, there are comparable numbers of good, average and poor condition green spaces within Knutton and Cross Heath AMI. In general the good condition sites are considered to be of high value, September 2005

whereas the poor condition sites are considered to be of low value

Summary and Conclusion Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 289 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The quantity of Unrestricted Green Space within Knutton and Cross Heath AMI is very high. This would negate the need for any new green space provision.

Accessibility to Unrestricted Green Space is good. While accessibility to Unrestricted Parks in particular is deficient, the number and distribution of sites with a formal purpose, such as Outdoor Sports Facilities, means that this is of low concern. However the number of Unrestricted Amenity Spaces does allow for the investigation into whether an Amenity Space can be upgraded to address the deficiency in Park sites.

Accessibility to Playgrounds is also good, with seven LEAP standard

facilities. This could however be interpreted as an over-supply. Fewer LEAPs and the introduction of a neighbourhood equipped areas of play (NEAP) standard facility would provide adequate provision, whilst reducing the demand for site maintenance. Although accessibility to Churchyards and Cemeteries is deficient, given that their green space function is incidental, new provision should not be sought.

In relation to condition and value, good condition and high value green spaces should be protected, and should become a key component of any regeneration activity. In the case of site N167, where condition is poor but value is high, enhancing the quality of this green space should be a priority for Newcastle-under-Lyme Borough Council.

There are several green spaces where condition is poor and value is low. It may be possible that some of these sites are surplus to requirements. However, further investigation is required to determine the value of sites to local residents; if it can be demonstrated that any of these green spaces are important locally, they should be retained and their quality enhanced. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

In addition, the rationalisation of any sites would negatively impact the quantity and accessibility to Unrestricted Green Space. While it is not necessary to provide further provision, any net-loss in green space should be mitigated, either by like for like replacement or through upgrading / September 2005

enhancing existing provision.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 290 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

5.11 Meir Area of Major Intervention

Introduction

Meir Area of Major Intervention (AMI) extends across the wards of Weston and Meir North and Meir Park and Sandon, within the Analysis Area of Stoke-on-Trent South. The neighbourhood is located to the north of A50 between Longton Town and Blythe Bridge. The area is residential, dominated by council housing stock.

Current Level of Provision

There are four Unrestricted Green Spaces within Meir AMI. The green space provision is detailed in the table below:

Name Site ID Typology Access Area (Ha) Princes Drive/Lansbury Grove S434 Amenity Space Unrestricted 6.15 Henderson Grove S435 Amenity Space Unrestricted 1.66 Pinewood Crescent S723 Amenity Space Unrestricted 0.44 Stansmore Road Depot S956D Amenity Space Unrestricted 0.57 Total 8.82

Quantity

Quantity of green space in this Analysis Area is 3.9 ha per 1000 September 2005

population. This is much lower than the study area average of 6.6 ha per 1000 population, with a deficiency of –2.7 ha per 1000 population. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 291 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The population of Meir AMI is 61764. This equates to 1.43 ha per 1000 population of Unrestricted Green Space. Again this much lower than the study area average.

Accessibility

In relation to Parks there is a deficiency in access to Unrestricted District Parks and Unrestricted Neighbourhood and Local Parks. Accessibility to Playgrounds, however, is sufficient. Henderson Grove (S435) has a NEAP facility; when applying the 1km catchment buffer, there is almost complete coverage of the AMI. Accessibility to Outdoor Sports Facilities is also

generally sufficient, with access to a neighbourhood and district sites.

Accessibility to Unrestricted Amenity Space is sufficient, with four sites within or crossing the AMI boundary. Accessibility to Allotments is also sufficient with two sites in close proximity to the AMI.

Accessibility to Unrestricted Semi-natural sites is deficient; only the northwestern area of Meir AMI appears to have accessibility to either Semi-natural green space or green space with a biodiversity purpose. Accessibility to Churchyards and Cemeteries is also deficient.

Condition and Value

Two sites with the AMI received a full audit, and therefore have condition and value scores. The table below shows the condition and value scores for these green spaces, ordered by condition.

Percentage Percentage Overall Overall Name Site ID Condition Value Score Value Condition J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 Score

Princes Drive/Lansbury Grove S434 48% Low 57% Poor Henderson Grove S435 50% Average 66% Average

September 2005 Summary and Conclusion

4 Source: RENEW North Staffordshire, Prospectus Overview, March 2004 Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 292 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The quantity of Unrestricted Green Space within Meir AMI is low. Considering the size of the AMI, this is not a major concern. However, the amount of Unrestricted Green Space could stand to be improved within the wider context of the Stoke-on-Trent South Analysis Area.

Accessibility to Unrestricted Green Space is good, with several Unrestricted Amenity Spaces within the AMI boundary. This includes play provision within Henderson Grove (S435). There is however a deficiency in Unrestricted Park sites, and Unrestricted Semi-natural sites. The open countryside to the east of the Meir AMI does have the potential to act as substitute for Unrestricted Semi-natural green space; this opportunity should be explored further. The amount of Unrestricted Amenity Space

also allows for investigation into whether an Amenity Space can be upgraded to fulfil the deficiency in Park sites. Although accessibility to Churchyards and Cemeteries is deficient, given that their green space function is incidental, new provision should not be sought.

In relation to condition and value, the value of Princes Drive/Lansbury Grove (S434) and Henderson Grove (S435) should be further reviewed. If it can be demonstrated that these sites are valued locally, then their quality should be enhanced. Princes Drive/Lansbury Grove (S434) however is failing in terms of both condition and value, and therefore may be surplus to requirements.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 293 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

5.12 Middleport Area of Major Intervention

Introduction

Middleport Area of Major Intervention (AMI) encompasses areas of Tunstall ward, Burslem North ward and Burslem South ward. It falls within the wider Analysis Area of Stoke-on-Trent North.

The neighbourhood is located to the west of Burslem Town Centre, east of the A500 dual carriageway. The area predominantly residential,

characterised by Victorian terraced housing, interspersed with factory buildings and vacant land.

Current Level of Provision

There are ten Unrestricted Green Spaces within Middleport AMI. The green space provision is detailed in the table below:

Area Name Site ID Typology Access (Ha) St Paul's Playground S014 Playground Unrestricted 0.09 Open Space South of Canal Lane S119 Amenity Space Unrestricted 5.73 Brindley Street Middleport S181 Outdoor Sports Unrestricted 1.67 Middleport Park S623 Park Unrestricted 1.19 Back Sytch Reclamation S742 Amenity Space Unrestricted 1.56 Westport Greenway S773 Green Corridor Unrestricted 1.16 Loopline Phase 4 S774 Green Corridor Unrestricted 1.92

Trent & Mersey Canal Bridge 8 S780 Green Corridor Unrestricted 0.36 Travers Street Plots & Newport Lane S901A Amenity Space Unrestricted 0.25 Total 15.15

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 294 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Quantity

Quantity of Unrestricted Green Space in the Stoke-on-Trent North Analysis Area is 9.2 ha per 1000 population. This is much higher than the study area average of 6.6 ha per 1000 population, with an excess of +2.6 ha per 1000 population.

The population of Middleport AMI is 4,8535. This equates to 3.12 ha per 1000 population of Unrestricted Green Space. This is much lower than the study area average with a deficiency of –3.48 ha per 1000 population.

Accessibility

Accessibility to Unrestricted Park sites is sufficient. In relation to District Parks, while there are none within the AMI boundary, there are several sites in close proximity to Middleport, notably Westport Lake Park (site S515). In relation to Neighbourhood and Local Parks there are again several sites in and around the urban area. Accessibility to Playgrounds, however, is deficient. There are only two play facilities, within St Paul’s Playground (S014) and Middleport Park (S623).

In relation to other typologies, accessibility is sufficient. When applying the appropriate catchment buffers to Outdoor Sports Facilities, Unrestricted

respective typology. Accessibility to Unrestricted Semi-Natural sites and Churchyards and Cemeteries is however deficient; there are no sites of these typologies within the AMI boundary, and those outside of the AMI

September 2005 are not close enough to positively influence accessibility in this area.

5 Source: RENEW North Staffordshire, Prospectus Overview, March 2004 Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 295 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Condition and Value

Three sites within the AMI received a full audit, and therefore have a condition and value score. The table below shows the condition and value scores for these green spaces, ordered by condition.

Percentage Percentage Overall Overall Name Site ID Condition Value Score Value Condition Score Open Space South of Canal Lane S119 50% Average 54% Poor

Trubshawe Cross Fields S126 55% Average 55% Poor Middleport Park S623 60% High 85% Good

As can been seen above, only one site, Middleport Park is considered to be in good condition; the other two green spaces are in poor condition. Middleport Park is also considered to be a high value.

Summary and Conclusion

The quantity of Unrestricted Green Space within Middleport AMI is low. Considering the quantity of green space within the Stoke-on-Trent North Analysis Area is much higher than the study area average, this is not of major concern. However any future development that would result in additional dwellings in this area should contribute to improving the quantity of green space provision.

Accessibility to Unrestricted Park sites sufficient, with access to District, Neighbourhood and Local provision. There is however poor accessibility to Playgrounds, with only two LEAP facilities within the AMI boundary. Given September 2005

the industrial nature of Middleport, it is not necessary to improve

accessibility across all areas of the AMI. However, there are several Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 296 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

residential neighbourhoods that could benefit from new play facilities. This could be achieved by installing play equipment in existing Unrestricted Green Spaces such as Amenity Spaces and/or Green Corridors.

Accessibility to Unrestricted Semi-natural sites and Churchyards and Cemeteries is identified as being deficient. In the case of Unrestricted Semi-natural sites, an analysis of primary function reveals that several sites within or near this AMI have a biodiversity function, despite having primary characteristics associated with another typology. The majority of these sites are publicly accessible, and thus negates the need to create new provision. In the case of Churchyards and Cemeteries, given that their green space function is incidental, new provision should not be sought.

In relation to condition and value, Middleport Park is in good condition and has high value, and should therefore be protected through the planning system. The Open Space South of Canal Lane (S119) and Trubshawe Cross Fields (S126) are considered to be in poor condition. They are however reasonably valued; the condition of these sites should therefore be improved. It may also be possible to improve the value of these sites and boost the contribution they make to the local area by enhancing their landscape and recreational function.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 297 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

6 LOCAL STANDARDS: ISSUES & OPPORTUNITIES J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 298 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

6.1 Quantity

Existing situation

The household consultation survey identified the trends in perception of quantity of provision, as shown in Figure 6.1

The following informal standards have been discussed in relation to the provision of green space within the two authority areas:

Newcastle-under-Lyme Borough Council: National Playing Fields

Association’s 6 acre standard which converts to 2.43ha/1,000 population

Stoke-on-Trent City Council: National Playing Fields Association standard with a further acre which converts to 2.83/1,000 population.

The green space audit measured 6.6ha of green space per 1,000 population across both Council boundaries within the study area.

Discussion

The audit shows that the conurbation contains a quantity of green space, which is considerably in excess of average national provision, whilst consultation suggests that residents generally consider that there is too little green space.

This suggests that a quantitive standard is, in this case, not locally relevant as the superfluity in provision is not recognised by the local population. This may be a result of the issues identified in the J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 neighbourhood survey such as fear of crime or lack of maintenance

which deter use. This indicates that green space provision in relation to the urban North Staffordshire sub-region should be based on standards which facilitate good access to good quality green spaces. September 2005

Hence, it would be more appropriate to develop local standards for the

emerging green space strategy which focus on quality and accessibility standards rather than those which deal solely on provision of a Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 299 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

quantitative standard which would not add value to local residents and may be more difficult to fund and manage.

6.2 Quality

Existing situation

The household consultation survey identified the trends in perception of quality of provision, as shown in Figure 6.2.

The consultation also identified a mean perceived quality score of 5.6

for Stoke-on-Trent’s green spaces, with the highest score reaching 7.9.

A mean perceived quality score of 6.2 was identified for Newcastle- under-Lyme’s green spaces, with the highest score reaching 8.4.

Discussion

The quality scores derived from the household consultation will be significantly influenced by local aspirations for green space quality in the area. Hence, it will be important to decide whether local benchmarks should respond to local aspiration or should seek to achieve a quality which is more comparable with national standards.

However, unlike many audits and green space strategies, the brief for this commission is unique in that it requires the consideration of the role of green space in local housing market uplift. A fundamental element of this role will be the potential for green space to be a selling point in attracting investment from outside the study area. To this end, it would be prudent to adopt a quality benchmark, which responds to J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 the aspirations of potential residents as well as those who already live

in north Staffordshire.

To elevate green spaces to recognised national standards will require a significant amount of resources. September 2005

Quality improvements may be achieved by focussing green space funding on two strategic parks, one in each authority, enhancing the Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 300 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

range of facilities and quality of provision, with a view to achieving Green Flag status. Should aspirations increase following the improvement of these two parks to national standards, it may be necessary then to extend Green Flag status to other parks.

The remaining parks could then be improved according to a set of local performance indicators based on typology. Performance indicators would be based on similar to those produced by national organisations such as English Nature, the National Playing Fields Association and the Green Flag scheme, but tailored to the local requirements and aspirations for the different green space types.

Following these improvements, further consultation could be

undertaken to assess whether aspirations have increased or whether a new demographic or resident profile has required the adjustment of the performance indicators as satisfaction levels alter.

6.3 Accessibility

Existing situation

Based on nationally accepted guidance, it is recommended that all residents should have access to green space of local or neighbourhood status within 400m of their dwelling. The audit identified that the study area contains a surplus of green spaces at this level.

Based on nationally accepted guidance, it is recommended that all residents should have access to green space of a district status within 1.2km of their dwelling. The audit identified that the study area contains a good coverage of green spaces at this level. J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 Based on nationally accepted guidance, it is recommended that all

residents should have access to green space of a sub-regional status within 3.2km of their dwelling. The audit identifies that there are no green spaces that afford this provision, although the crematorium in September 2005

Newcastle-under-Lyme may be considered to have a sub-regional sphere of influence, though providing a limited range of facilities. Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 301 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Discussion

It is suggested that the over provision of local and neighbourhood status sites be dealt with in one of two ways. If green space is to be used as a selling point in attracting inward investment to the area, it may be appropriate to retain and improve many of these spaces, reducing the local benchmark to only 200m. This method has been used in Tyneside to support local regeneration initiatives. If this is adopted, it will be necessary to ensure that this benchmark does not inadvertently produce numerous small sites which are complicated to manage and supply only limited facilities. Hence, a minimum area of,

for example, 0.2ha could be established. In addition, it is accepted, that a deliberate over provision of green space may lead to a cost burden to the respective Councils. Hence, should this locally applicable benchmark be adopted, further consideration needs to be given to how management of this deliberate over-provision may be accommodated.

Alternatively, over provision may be assessed by site typology and in areas where a cluster emerges, the worst quality of these sites be disposed. However, it is possible in this study area that demand for such sites will be low and this again suggests that alternative management or productive uses should be explored.

The main objective for the provision of sub-regional green space would be to create new spaces or enhance existing ones to allow an even distribution across the study area. However, the resources required to facilitate this process may be limited and so a phased approach to provision is suggested. In the first instance, it is recommended that J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 existing facilities and accessibility within a park or parks be improved to

allow access to a good quality sub-regional park for the majority of the sub-region. This may be achieved either by establishing one such park in each authority or establishing a sub-regional park centrally to the September 2005

sub-region so that residents in each authority area may benefit.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 302 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

6.4 Connectivity

Although all green spaces have now been audited and spatially located according to accessibility (see Figure 5.3), this distribution does not identify the other open spaces which would contribute to a contiguous green route network nor sites which have the potential for incorporation.

A mapping exercise will complete this picture. The mapping exercise should highlight all existing green route networks, taking into account canals, disused railways and rivers and establishing relevant destinations and links. This can then be overlaid on to a map of all

unrestricted sites identified in the audit to highlight where connectivity should be improved and where accesses and footpaths should be kept well-maintained.

6.5 Options for developing local standards

The next stage of the commission will involve the development of a green space strategy which will seek to establish local standards for the delivery, maintenance and management of green space in the sub-region. It is clear from the audit and subsequent analysis that the conurbation currently contains large amounts of green space but that there is a large proportion of low quality space as well as some limits to accessibility. Hence, the emerging strategy and associated masterplan development should avoid the adoption of standards relating solely to quantity of green space in favour of those which ensure that residents have good access to good quality green

Given the current status of the AMI masterplans and green space strategy development, it would be premature, at this stage, to propose local green space standards. This will be carried out September 2005

following the spatial application and detailed analysis of issues such as typology clusters or local demand for development sites. However, it is clear that the options for development of these Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 303 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

standards would involve either disposal or significant investment. The initial findings of Renew would suggest that the opportunities for disposal would be limited and specific and hence, other opportunities for managing the large quantities of green space must be sought.

In response, the strategy must consider options for alternative management, land productivity, community engagement and public/private investment in relation to the conurbation’s green spaces. Options for redeployment of green space may also be considered. For example, demand for other amenity facilities or community uses should be reviewed, such as opportunities for increasing recycling facilities.

The strategy would need to consider existing management and maintenance techniques and explore options for the rationalising them or changing vegetation cover to facilitate cheaper, long-term costs.

Some research would be required to establish ways that green space can be economically sustainable, rather than creating a cost burden on public funds. For example, if the conurbation is to become ‘the best in urban living,6’ concepts of sustainable development may be applied to facilitate urban agriculture or energy production. Opportunities for the redefinition of the functional use of green space would also need to be identified where particular land uses are able to lever previously untapped sources of funding.

The affordability gap between green space funding and management requirements may be alleviated to a degree, by effective community engagement. This is an issue already well established in the Greening For Growth strategy and there are numerous examples J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508 across the UK where green space has been successfully

implemented and managed by the voluntary sector or by establishing long term local stewardship.

The strategy also needs to consider the opportunities for further September 2005

investment. This may be gained through a reprioritisation of public

6 Urban Core Strategy, EDAW Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 304 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

funding allocation or through methods described above. However, opportunities for private investment may also be explored. Private funding for green space is typically secured through the employment of Section 106 agreements, for example, but tends to be for capital rather than revenue projects. However, the opportunities presented by the current regeneration initiatives mean that innovative ways in securing such funding may be achieved through planned sustainable urban development. For example, productive land uses, energy production or water management could be linked to a green space at a masterplan or sub-regional level. On a local level, land assembly for proposed commercial developments may be linked to

improvements to green spaces adopted a similar approach to that used at Mile End Park in East London. Similarly, new local green spaces may be funded using contributions from residents in a particular development. This is one way that urban areas such as the New Town in Edinburgh and the west end of London have traditionally been able to maintain high quality green spaces which are now defining features of these urban landscapes.

In summary, the development of local standards must address issues of quality and access if they are to be linked to local housing market uplift. It will therefore be necessary to ensure that residents have good access to good quality green spaces in relation to a distribution of typology. Whilst such standards would need to defer to national guidance, they must be developed in the context of locally applicable and innovative approaches to green space management and land use.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 305 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

7 NEXT STAGES J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 306 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

7.1 Vision statement

As part of the assessment, it was necessary to establish a common vision which would unite the aspirations of all the stakeholders and professionals involved in the delivery of green space across the two local authorities and through the regeneration work directed by RENEW.

On Tuesday 10th May, a visioning event was held with officers from the three organisations to establish a draft vision, which could be used for wider discussion amongst stakeholders. Although it would have been

ideal to include stakeholders in this initial discussion, time pressures for delivery of the vision statement in time for the RENEW Scheme Update Report to the ODPM combined with the logistics of organising such a large visioning event, required that these wider discussions would need to be carried out following the submission of this report, as part of the development of the green space strategy

Nevertheless, this initial and draft vision statement was agreed:

“Create and promote a balanced network of community focused and valued, safe, sustainable, accessible, interesting and well managed green spaces that enhance the quality of life, local identity and economic prosperity within urban north Staffordshire.”

September 2005

7.2 Further consultation Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 307 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

The community needs assessment plan set out a number of key issues to be addressed in planning the strategy stage of consultation including:

The need for a detailed review of previous and current consultation;

Identification of key gaps in information derived from the household survey;

Identification of groups / sites/ neighbourhoods with insufficient information / responses;

Identifying how and when to target the identified stakeholder list (see below); and

Identifying further levels of analysis of the household survey data e.g. by site / neighbourhood / issue.

The consultation to be developed and delivered in the strategy stage of the project will seek to fill gaps from the audit stage and delve deeper into the emerging themes arising form the household survey. A consultation planning meeting has already identified that marginalised groups need to be targeted, particularly young people, and that a coordinated cross authority / cross agency approach is required in order to maximize the effectiveness of the consultation. This consultation planning group will need to meet again early in the next stage of the project and it will also need to research other planned consultation activities and exercises as well as identifying mechanisms for effective consultation. The results of this exercise will be incorporated into Appendix K.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 308 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Each authority / organisation will also have to identify how to include key stakeholders, for example existing friends groups or community based organisations. As set out above a draft list was developed for the community needs assessment plan and this is shown below.

Users / non users Newcastle Communities Forum Stoke City Community Forum Stoke community networks Stoke community fora – (no longer in existence) Friends groups Staff

Elected members Youth council / fora (SCC) Older people’s panel (NUL) Citizens panel (Stoke) Youth forum (NUL) Voluntary Sector forum (NUL)

As part of the planning of the strategy consultation this list needs to be reviewed and contact details for all relevant organisations / stakeholders established plus research into programmes of meetings of existing groups. The case study example below shows one of the most comprehensive approaches undertaken.

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 309 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

Case study – Newcastle upon Tyne

“Almost everyone is a stakeholder”

The Local Authority adopted a very comprehensive approach to consultation throughout all stages of the development of its green space strategy. Their reports clearly set out: “Consultation was central to the way the project was handled”. This included:

A review of previous consultation – to identify key issues and to see who had and hadn’t been consulted

Piloting consultation questions and techniques

Two surveys to 29,000 households

A staff survey to 7,500 employees

Focus groups with young people and people with disabilities

Work through schools and youth clubs

Participatory sessions with friends groups and staff

One to one interviews with 71 green space staff

Street based consultation

Participatory events at ethnic cultural festivals

Ensuring accessible approaches and venues

Establishing a consultative forum of almost 50 individuals / organisations / agencies – workshop based and acting as a sounding board for the strategy team within the Authority

A project steering group J:\D108508 - North Staffordshire Green Space Strategy\07 Deliverables\07.1 Reports\Phase one & two report\FINAL.doc & two one Reports\Phase Deliverables\07.1 Strategy\07 Space Green Staffordshire North - J:\D108508

The consultation planning group will also have to consider what consultation lies within the brief of the strategy and what, whilst desirable,

September 2005 may be beyond the current remit of the consultancy team.

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 310 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

7.3 Development of the strategy

In addition to an agreed scope of further consultation, it will be important to review the issues raised during this green space assessment prior to commencing the production of a green space strategy for the conurbation. To this end, it is suggested that a phase three inception meeting be convened to agree the scope, focus and strategy deliverables prior to commencing further work.

Initial discussions with Stoke-on-Trent City Council and Newcastle-under- Lyme Borough Councils as well as RENEW should focus on the

development of various options, possibilities and principles to underpin the emerging Action Plan. The Action Plan will develop the benchmarks identified in this report to establish more detailed targets for local green provision, with associated performance indicators to facilitate effective monitoring. These targets and performance indicators, while being derived from national recommendations, will be tailored towards a local context. This will ensure that targets remain achievable and focussed on local goals and aspirations for the North Staffordshire landscape and its urban development.

A set of Framework Plans will also be produced as part of the strategy to provide a spatial overview of the proposals across the conurbation, linking to the specific proposals of the Urban Core Study and proposals for the AMIs as well as for the development of a contiguous green space network.

Steering Group and the Strategy Focus Group set up in phase one and accompanied by an analysis of the associated capital and revenue costs, together with an indication of sources of funding. Cost information will be based on general high level assumptions to avoid over-detailed client September 2005

costs and to ensure that the outcome is an accessible and usable

document. Cost information will also be used to prioritise the proposals Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 311 urban NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE GREEN SPACE AUDIT Phase One & Two Report

highlighted in the Action Plan. Recommendations for future design, implementation, management and maintenance of green space across the conurbation will also be provided.

In addition, the development of the strategy will be informed by a review of the draft vision statement. This review will be subject to stakeholder consultation in response to the recommendations of the local authorities involved.

Please refer to the draft programme in Figure 7.3

September 2005

Scott Wilson Wilson Scott

| 312